Lenze 8400 Reference Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Lenze Manuals
  4. DC Drives
  5. L-force 8400 Series
  6. Reference manual

Lenze 8400 Reference Manual

Inverter drives stateline c
Hide thumbs Also See for 8400:
1
2
Table Of Contents
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Inverter
8400
E84AVSCxxxxx...
Inverter Drives 8400 StateLine C _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Reference manual
EN
L

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the 8400 and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Subscribe to Our Youtube Channel

Related Manuals for Lenze 8400

Summary of Contents for Lenze 8400

  • Page 1 Inverter 8400 E84AVSCxxxxx... Inverter Drives 8400 StateLine C _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Reference manual...
  • Page 2  SW 8400 BaseLine/StateLine/HighLine/TopLine  chapter "Commissioning"  chapter "Diagnostics & error management"  Remote maintenance manual Networking  KHB for the communication medium used Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    Changing the parameterisation with the keypad _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2.3.2 Change parameter settings with PC and Lenze software _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2.3.3 Save parameter settings in the memory module safe against mains failure _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2.3.4...
  • Page 4 Commissioning wizard 8400 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _...
  • Page 5 Load Lenze setting _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _...
  • Page 6 Remedies for undesired drive behaviour _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 7 5.14 Internal status signals | System block "LS_DeviceMonitor" _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 8 6.4.3 Changing the terminal assignment with the »Engineer« _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 9 Configuration parameters _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 10 Feedforward control of the motor before release _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 11 Deleting an oscillogram file saved in the project _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 12 11.12 Internal interfaces | System block "LS_CANManagement" _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 13 15.2 Parameter list _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 15.3 Overview of all parameters with power-related Lenze setting _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 15.4 Selection list - analog signals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _...
  • Page 14 16.9 Exporting/Importing an interconnection _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 15 17.1.34 L_OffsetGainP_3 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 16 "Switch-off positioning" technology application _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1036 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 17 Your opinion is important to us _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1058 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 18: About This Documentation

    »Engineer«.  Tip! Information and tools regarding the Lenze products can be found on the Internet: http://www.lenze.com  Download Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 19: Document History

    Extended by new functions for 8400 StateLine C V11.00.00 02/2011 TD05 Error corrections & supplements 11/2010 TD05 Extended by new functions for 8400 StateLine C V06.00.00 and V10.00.00 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 20: Conventions Used

    Step-by-step instructions are indicated by a pictograph.  All information that only applies to or from a certain software version of the inverter is marked accordingly in this documentation. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 21: Terminology Used

    Abbreviation for "function block editor". Graphic interconnection tool which is available in the »Engineer« for function block interconnections on the FB Editor. Working with the FB Editor Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 22 Data are exchanged between the PC (USB connection) and the inverter (diagnostic interface on the front) via the diagnostic adapter. Order designation: E94AZCUS VFCplus Abbreviation for Voltage Frequency Control Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 23: Definition Of The Notes Used

    Application notes Pictograph Signal word Meaning Note! Important note to ensure trouble-free operation  Tip! Useful tip for easy handling  Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 24: Introduction: Parameterising The Inverter

    Certain device commands or settings which may cause critical states of drive behaviour constitute exceptions. Such parameter changes are only possible if the inverter is inhibited. Otherwise, a corresponding error message will be issued. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 25  Signal flow of the integrated technology application (see the following subchapter)  Signal outputs for status and actual value signals [2-1] Adaptation of the drive solution via parameter setting Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 26: Integrated Technology Applications

     Detailed information on each technology application can be found in the main chapter entitled "Technology applications". ( 309) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 27: Purpose Of The Technology Applications

     Tip! If the end customer of the machine does not want to use ready-made Lenze functions, it is also possible to implement individual drive solutions with the "StateLine C", "HighLine C" and "TopLine C" versions in the form of "free interconnections".

  • Page 28: Technology Application = Function Block Interconnection

    2.1.3 Technology application = function block interconnection In case of the 8400 device version, each technology application is connected to a "function block interconnection" ("FB interconnection"). This FB interconnections serve to implement signal interconnections. Various FBs are available for digital signal processing, signal conversion and logic modules.

  • Page 29: Selection Of The Appropriate Commissioning Tool

     Download  Software Downloads For communication between PC and inverter, the USB diagnostic adapter can be used for instance (see the following subchapter). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 30: Overview: Accessories For Commissioning

    • Connecting cables can be selected in various lengths: Connecting cable for 2.5 m length EWL0070 USB diagnostic adapter 5 m length EWL0071 10 m length EWL0072 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 31: General Notes On Parameters

    • Configuration parameters: For configuring signal connections and terminal assignments. • Diagnostic/display parameters: For displaying device-internal process factors, current actual values and status messages. These are read-only parameters. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 32: Changing The Parameterisation With The Keypad

    Quick stop active "TroubleQSP" device status is active   Current limit exceeded A warning is indicated   Speed controller 1 in the limitation  Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 33 "Userlevel" in C00001/1: • Standard user level (Lenze setting): Only the most important menus and codes are displayed in the keypad. • Expert user level: All menus and codes are displayed in the keypad.
  • Page 34 • For reasons of disc space, only the most Deutsch important menus and parameters as well as the Français error messages are available in several languages. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 35: Change Parameter Settings With Pc And Lenze Software

    Detailed information on how to handle the »Engineer« can be found in the integrated online help that you can call with the [F1] function key. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 36: Save Parameter Settings In The Memory Module Safe Against Mains Failure

    General information • In the delivery state, the Lenze setting of the parameters has been saved to the integrated memory module. These parameters are • the parameters of the inverter •...
  • Page 37 PS03 (Information) HighLine V12 PS03 (Fault) PS03 (Information) PS03 (Information) HighLine V13 PS03 (Fault) PS03 (Fault) PS03 (Fault) TopLine V12 PS03 (Fault) PS03 (Fault) PS03 (Fault) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 38: User Menu For Quick Access To Frequently Used Parameters

    Then, all other parameters cannot be accessed without knowing the password and are thus protected against unwanted changes. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 39: Device Access Protection

    • Inform the end customer that Lenze can only provide restricted service for the devices with access protection. • It is not possible for Lenze to modify a replacement device via special accesses in such a way that it cooperates with a personalised memory module.

  • Page 40: Password Protection

    0: Off / ready Temporarily deactivate the password protection C00002/33 Delete password 0: Off / ready Deactivate password protection/change password Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 41 1. Enter the set password in C00505/3. 2. Execute "Check password" device command C00002/32 = "1: On / start" • After a successful check, password status OK is displayed in C00505/3. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 42: Individual Password Protection For Single Communication Channels

    • This means that even if the password has been deactivated temporarily by the "check password" device command, the configuration cannot be changed. • As long as a password is set, the "Load Lenze setting" device command does not change the configuration either.
  • Page 43 Save parameter settings in the memory module safe against mains failure ( 36) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 44: Device Personalisation

    After the execution of one of the device commands listed below, this parameter provides the current binding ID status: off No binding ID is set. on Binding ID is set. Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 45 ID of both components. 2. Execute "Delete binding ID" device command C00002/30 = "1: On / start" • After a successful deletion, status OFF is displayed in C00505/2. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 46: Unlocking The Inverter With A Masterpin

     Stop! When the MasterPin is used, the parameter set is reset to the Lenze setting both in the inverter and in the memory module! • This results in a permanent loss of the customised parameterisation that must be recreated! •...

  • Page 47: Device Identification

    C00199/1 (here: wheel drive) is used as device designation in the Project view instead of the type (8400 StateLine): This mechanism also functions in reverse direction: If you rename the inverter in the project view via <F2>, you will be asked afterwards if you want to take over the changed name in C00199/1: 2.5.2...

  • Page 48: Commissioning

    Information on how to commission using the keypad (or diagnosis terminal) can be found in the 8400 hardware manual. The hardware manual has been stored in electronic form on the data carrier supplied with the 8400 inverter. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 49: Safety Instructions With Regard To Commissioning

    (nameplate data: 400 V /230 V ) is to be operated in conjunction with an   inverter for a mains voltage of 400 V. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 50: Notes On Motor Control

    • If a high torque must be provided at small speeds without feedback: Select "Sensorless vector control (SLVC) as motor control mode in C00006. Related topics: Motor control (MCTRL) ( 112) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 51: Preconditions For Commissioning With The "Engineer

    • Requesting the CDYou can also request the »Engineer« separately on CD free of charge at your Lenze representative. See the "About Lenze" area on our homepage for e.g. the corresponding German address. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 52: Trouble-Shooting During Commissioning

    This function extension is supported by the »Engineer« from version 2.15 onwards! The commissioning wizard 8400 serves to carry out a guided commissioning of the inverter based on the Lenze setting of the parameters. The set parameters can then be saved in the inverter with mains failure protection.
  • Page 53 • The Next button can only be activated again after all parameter settings in the device have been reset via the Load Lenze setting button. Related topics: Commissioning of the "Actuating drive speed" technology application ( 55) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 54: Manual Motor Direction Of Rotation Check (Manual Control)

    8. Click the button to let the motor rotate with the set speed for the set runtime. By clicking the button, the function can be aborted. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 55: Commissioning Of The "Actuating Drive Speed" Technology Application

    Prepare inverter for commissioning ( 56) Creating an »Engineer« project & going online ( 57) Parameterising the motor control ( 58) Parameterise application ( 59) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 56: Prepare Inverter For Commissioning

    If the green "DRV-RDY" LED is blinking and the red "DRV-ERR" LED is off, the inverter is ready for operation and commissioning can proceed. Related topics: Automatic restart after mains connection/fault... ( 99) LED status displays ( 435) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 57: Creating An "Engineer" Project & Going Online

    Transfer parameter set to the device. This command serves to overwrite the current parameter settings in the inverter by parameter settings of the »Engineer« project. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 58: Parameterising The Motor Control

    (C00022) Vmin boost 1.60 % Adapting the Vmin boost ( 143) (C00016) Related topics: Notes on motor control ( 50) Motor control (MCTRL) ( 112) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 59: Parameterise Application

    • For a detailed description see the L_MPot_1 function block. ( 969) • Go to the parameterisation dialog of the motor potentiometer via the Motor potentiometer button. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 60 Process data assignment for fieldbus communication ( 331) Terminal assignment of the control modes ( 322) Setting parameters (short overview) ( 333) Configuration parameters ( 335) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 61: Save Parameter Settings Safe Against Mains Failure

    • Lenze setting: 80 % of the reference speed (C00011)  Note! Observe the actual speed value (display in C00051) as well as the LED status displays. ( 435) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 62 • DI4: HIGH level ≡ Request a change of direction of rotation Related topics: "Inhibit at device on" auto-start option ( 99) Trouble-shooting during commissioning ( 52) Diagnostics & error management ( 434) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 63: Commissioning Of The "Switch-Off Positioning" Technology Application

    Quick stop for CCW rotation / selection of switch-off position 2 Diagnostic interface for connecting the USB diagnostic adapter [3-2] Block diagram for wiring of the commissioning example for the "Switch-off positioning" application Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 64 Parameterising the motor control ( 67) Parameterise application ( 68) Save parameter settings safe against mains failure ( 70) Enable inverter and test application ( 70) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 65: Prepare Inverter For Commissioning

    If the green "DRV-RDY" LED is blinking and the red "DRV-ERR" LED is off, the inverter is ready for operation and commissioning can proceed. Related topics: Automatic restart after mains connection/fault... ( 99) LED status displays ( 435) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 66: Creating An "Engineer" Project & Going Online

    Transfer parameter set to the device. This command serves to overwrite the current parameter settings in the inverter by parameter settings of the »Engineer« project. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 67: Parameterising The Motor Control

    (C00022) Vmin boost 1.60 % Adapting the Vmin boost ( 143) (C00016) Related topics: Notes on motor control ( 50) Motor control (MCTRL) ( 112) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 68: Parameterise Application

    • The corresponding wiring diagram is displayed in a pop-up window if you click the button right to the list field. • For a detailed description, see the chapter "Terminal assignment of the control modes". ( 322) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 69 Process data assignment for fieldbus communication ( 391) Terminal assignment of the control modes ( 382) Setting parameters (short overview) ( 393) Configuration parameters ( 395) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 70: Save Parameter Settings Safe Against Mains Failure

    LED status displays. ( 435) Related topics: "Inhibit at device on" auto-start option ( 99) Trouble-shooting during commissioning ( 52) Diagnostics & error management ( 434) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 71: Pc Manual Control

    PC manual control must be explicitly activated by the user. If PC manual control is activated, the inverter is inhibited via device command (C00002/16) first. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 72 Click the Activate PC manual control button. • The inverter is inhibited via device command (C00002/16). • The PC manual control operator dialog is displayed. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 73 (C00002/16), i.e. the motor becomes torqueless and is coasting unless it already is at standstill. The different versions are described in the following chapters. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 74: Speed Control

    • Via the Inhibit controller button, the inverter can be inhibited again, i.e. the motor becomes torqueless and is coasting unless it already is at standstill. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 75 • Via the Deactivate quick stop (QSP) button, the quick stop can be deactivated. • Via the << CCW and CW >> buttons, the direction of rotation can be changed. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 76: Device Control (Dctrl)

    Note! The device states of the inverter are based on the operating states of the CiA402 standard. Device state machine and device states ( 88) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 77 Display of all active sources of a controller inhibit C00158  Display of all active sources of a quick stop C00159  Display of the status word of the device control C00150  Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 78: Device Commands (C00002/X)

    • The device will reject a write process to C00002/x if the value is >1 and issue an error message. • C00003 displays the status of the device command that was executed last. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 79 »Engineer«. Before the desired action is carried out, a confirmation prompt appears first, asking whether the action is really to be carried out. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 80 31 Set password static (from version 06.00.00) Password protection 32 Check password static (from version 06.00.00) Password protection 33 Delete password static (from version 06.00.00) Password protection Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 81: Load Lenze Setting

    When the Lenze setting C00002/1 is loaded, all communication parameters are reset as well. After the mains is switched on, the Lenze setting is accepted and the inverter might not be accessible anymore via the communication module. From version 18.00.00...

  • Page 82: Load All Parameter Sets

    PROFIBUS® or INTERBUS 3.5 s 3.5 s 3.5 s EtherCAT®, PROFINET® or EtherNet/IP™ 4.0 s 3.5 s 4.0 s Ethernet POWERLINK 15.0 s 15.0 s 15.0 s Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 83: Save All Parameter Sets

    PROFIBUS® or INTERBUS 3.5 s 3.5 s 4.0 s EtherCAT®, PROFINET® or EtherNet/IP™ 4.5 s 4.5 s 4.5 s Ethernet POWERLINK 11.0 s 11.0 s 11.0 s Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 84: Enable/Inhibit Inverter

    Bit 12 Automatic brake operation Bit 13 DCB-IMP Bit 14 Reserved Bit 15 Reserved  Tip! The inverter can also be enabled or inhibited via the toolbar icons. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 85: Activate/Deactivate Quick Stop

    Deactivate quick stop again C00002/17 = "0: Off / ready" device command deactivates the quick stop again, provided that no other source of a quick stop is active. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 86: Reset Error

    In the Logbook dialog box, it is also possible to delete all logbook entries by clicking the Delete button. Detailed information on the logbook can be found in the "Diagnostics & error management" chapter. ( 434) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 87: Device Search Function

    • Adjustable time period: 0 ... 6000 s (Lenze setting: 5 s)  Tip! The device search function can also be activated via the toolbar icon. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 88: Device State Machine And Device States

    "Warning" can occur in parallel to other device states. • The arrows between the device states mark possible state changes. • The digits stand for the status ID (see table below). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 89: Firmwareupdate

    Device statuses, priorities, and meaning of the status bits in the status word 4.2.1 FirmwareUpdate  Note! This function may only be executed by qualified Lenze personnel! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 90: Init

    If only the 24V voltage supply is available during the mains connection, the error message "LU: Undervoltage in the DC bus" is also entered into the logbook of the inverter. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 91: Ident

    • error monitoring remains active, • the inverter is controlled independently of the setpoint sources. After the motor parameter identification is completed, the status changes back to "SwitchedOn". Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 92: Safetorqueoff

    This device status is only possible in connection with an integrated safety system! Integrated safety systems with Inverter Drives 8400 Inverters of the 8400 series can be equipped with the integrated "Safe torque off (STO)" safety system. The integrated safety system can be used on machines for the protection of persons.

  • Page 93: Readytoswitchon

    If the "Inhibit at device on" auto-start option has been deactivated in C00142, the "ReadyToSwitchOn status switches directly to the "SwitchedOn" status after mains connection. Automatic restart after mains connection/fault... ( 99) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 94: Switchedon

    Trouble/Fault (depending on C00600/1) Error with error response "Trouble" occurs. Trouble Error with error response "TroubleQSP" occurs. TroubleQSP Related topics: wCANControl/wMCIControl control words ( 107) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 95: Operationenabled

    Trouble/Fault (depending on C00600/1) Error with error response "Trouble" occurs. Trouble Error with error response "TroubleQSP" occurs. TroubleQSP Related topics: wCANControl/wMCIControl control words ( 107) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 96: Troubleqsp

    Trouble Related topics: wCANControl/wMCIControl control words ( 107) Basics on error handling in the inverter ( 434) Error messages of the operating system ( 459) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 97: Trouble

    AND the message has been cancelled. Related topics: wCANControl/wMCIControl control words ( 107) Basics on error handling in the inverter ( 434) Error messages of the operating system ( 459) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 98: Fault

    Related topics: wCANControl/wMCIControl control words ( 107) Basics on error handling in the inverter ( 434) Error messages of the operating system ( 459) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 99: Automatic Restart After Mains Connection/Fault

    .../Error/undervoltage/loading of the Lenze setting In C00142, the starting performance of the inverter after mains connection, undervoltage, loading of the Lenze setting as well as a "Trouble" or a "Fault" reset can be parameterised individually: Auto-start option (C00142) Lenze setting Bit 0 "Inhibit at device on"...
  • Page 100 "Inhibit at device on" is deactivated (bit 0 = 0), the status first changes from "ReadyToSwitchOn" to "SwitchedOn" and then to "OperationEnabled" after mains connection with an enabled controller: Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 101: Auto-Start Option "Inhibit At Trouble

     The reason for the fault has been eliminated and a fault reset is performed.  Controller inhibit via signal change by the user  Controller enable via signal change by the user Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 102: Auto-Start Option "Inhibit At Undervoltage

     The mains voltage (DC-bus voltage) returns. This deactivates the undervoltage detection.  Controller inhibit via signal change by the user  Controller enable via signal change by the user Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 103: Auto-Start Option "Inhibit At Lenze Setting

    The "Inhibit at Lenze setting" auto-start option configurable via bit 4 of C00142 prevents the change to the "SwitchedOn" status after the Lenze setting has been loaded and the controller is enabled. For a change to the "SwitchedOn" status, the controller enable must first be deactivated after the Lenze setting has been loaded.

  • Page 104: Internal Interfaces | "Ls_Driveinterface" System Block

    _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Internal interfaces | "LS_DriveInterface" system block The LS_DriveInterface system block displays the device control in the FB Editor. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 105 • You can use these bits for returning information to the master control (e.g. IPC). bStatus_Bit3 bStatus_Bit4 bStatus_Bit5 bStatus_Bit14 bStatus_Bit15 C00833/38 ... 44 | BOOL bFree_1 Reserved inputs have no function bFree_2 bFree_3 bFree_4 C00833/45 ... 48 | BOOL Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 106 TRUE Motor rotates in CCW direction bNactCompare TRUE During open-loop operation: Speed setpoint < Comparison value (C00024) BOOL During closed-loop operation: Actual speed value < Comparison value (C00024) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 107: Wcancontrol/Wmcicontrol Control Words

    • The process data word is provided at the wMCIControl input via the upstream LP_MciIn1 port block. • Display parameter: C00136/1 • The bit assignment for the wCanControl/wMCIControl control words can be seen from the table below. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 108 This output signal has the fixed value "9", which corresponds to the following assignment: • Bit 0, SwitchOn = 1 • Bit 3, EnableOperation = 1 • All others: 0 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 109: Wdevicestatusword Status Word

    • E.g. if an overvoltage has occurred. Bit 14 FreeStatusBit14 Free status bit 14 (not assigned, freely assignable) Bit 15 FreeStatusBit15 Free status bit 15 (not assigned, freely assignable) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 110: Energy Saving Mode

    The functions for the energy saving mode provide the basis for implementing the PROFIenergy PROFINET profile.  Tip! Detailed information about the PROFIenergy PROFINET profile can be obtained from the PROFINET specifications. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 111 3. Via a "Pause-End" command, this operating status can be exited again. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 112: Motor Control (Mctrl)

    Further topics: Encoder/feedback system Braking operation/brake energy management Monitoring Internal interfaces (process signals): Internal interfaces | System block "LS_MotorInterface" Internal status signals | System block "LS_DeviceMonitor" Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 113: Motor Selection/Motor Data

    Automatic motor data identification ( 119) • The Encoder/feedback system... button serves to get to the settings for the encoder/feedback system, if available.Encoder/feedback system ( 230) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 114 (ASM) at certain slip speeds. Detailed information and possible remedies can be found here: Application notes for asynchronous motors with high slip speed ( 125) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 115 • the knowledge of the motor cable resistance. Both factors are determined in the course of motor parameter identification. Automatic motor data identification ( 119) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 116 • Generally, a synchronous motor without speed feedback can also be operated with the characteristic control (VFCplus) control mode. The parameters for this control mode (e.g. V/f base frequency) thus also have an according influence on synchronous motors. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 117: Selecting A Motor From The Motor Catalogue In The "Engineer

    • Go to the Application parameters tab in the Overview  Motor data dialog level and click the From motor catalogue... button to also reach the motor catalogue for the selection of another motor. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 118 These characterise the transfer behaviour of the entire controlled system. • The plant parameters depend on the application in which the inverter and motor are used. • When a Lenze motor is selected in the »Engineer«, plant parameters are suggested for this motor for a load-free operation.

  • Page 119: Automatic Motor Data Identification

    "1". Parameters Info C00073/1 VFC: Vp Imax controller   C00075 Vp current controller   C00076 Ti current controller   Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 120 Imax in motor mode   C00497 Nact filter time constant   C00966 VFC: Time const. slip comp.  C00982 VFC-ECO: Voltage reduction ramp  Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 121 • Duration approx. 80 s  Tip! In the Lenze setting, a setting of "0: automatic" is selected in C02867/1. This setting ensures that the inverter automatically selects the optimum procedure for motor parameter identification. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 122 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 123 Another cause for the abort of the motor parameter identification could be the implausibility of the entered nameplate data, e.g. the entry P = 0 kW for the motor power. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 124 • The identification is completed if the "0: Off / ready" message is displayed in C00002/23. • After successful identification, it changes back to the "SwitchedOn" device status. 3. Inhibit inverter again. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 125: Application Notes For Asynchronous Motors With High Slip Speed

    Set the motor type ("ASM" or "PSM") manually in C01001/1. The rated motor speed does not need to be limited since the number of pole pairs can be detected safely when the motor type has been set manually. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 126: Selecting The Control Mode

    _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Selecting the control mode The 8400 StateLine inverter supports various modes for motor control (open loop or closed loop). • V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) with linear characteristic for asynchronous motors is preset.
  • Page 127 V/f control (VFCplus + encoder) ( 162) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 128 Standard applications for this control type are pumps and fans, horizontal materials handling and simple positioning technology. Sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM) ( 186) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 129  Operation in motor mode (CW rotation),  Operation in generator mode (CCW rotation),  Operation in motor mode (CCW rotation),  Operation in generator mode (CW rotation) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 130: Selection Help

    VFCplus: V/f linear Group drives (several motors connected to inverter) Identical motors and loads VFCplus Different motors and/or alternating loads VFCplus [5-2] Standard applications with speed feedback Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 131: Defining Current And Speed Limits

    The speed limitation operates with a internal hysteresis of 50 min . The upper or lower speed limit resulting from the settings has to be higher than this hysteresis! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 132 The positive and negative torque can be limited via the two process signal inputs nTorqueMotLimit_a and nTorqueGenLimit_a. • C02864: Bit 15 = 1: nTorqueMotLimt_a acts as nTorqueHighLimit_a (positive torque limitation) and nTorqueGenLimit_a acts as nTorqueLowLimit_a (negative torque limitation). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 133 • Reduce the limitation of the torque in motor mode via nTorqueMotLimit_a (C00728/1) and the limitation of the torque in generator mode via nTorqueGenLimit_a (C00728/2). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 134: V/F Characteristic Control (Vfcplus)

    When the auto DCB threshold (C00019) is set > 0 rpm, there is no torque at the motor shaft in the lower speed range! Automatic DC-injection braking (Auto-DCB) ( 222) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 135: Parameterisation Dialog/Signal Flow

    • This dialog level only shows a simplified signal flow with the most important parameters. • When you click the >>More details button in the left-most position, a signal flow with more details/parameters is displayed. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 136 Parameters Info Parameters Info Parameters Info C00056/2 Actual torque value C00021 Slip compensation C00056/2 Actual torque value C00830/29 Limitation of torque in motor mode C00051 Actual speed value C00058 Output frequency C00830/28 Limitation of torque in generator mode C00050 Speed setpoint C00006 Motor control C00054...

  • Page 137: Basic Settings

    "Optimising the control mode". ( 140) Parameterisable additional functions are described correspondingly in the chapter "Parameterisable additional functions". ( 212) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 138: Define V/F Characteristic Shape

    • You can find detailed information on the linear V/f characteristic with voltage reduction in the chapter entitled "V/f characteristic control - energy-saving (VFCplusEco)". ( 152) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 139: Defining Current Limits (Imax Controller)

    • If a sudden load is built up at the motor shaft (e.g. drive is blocked), the overcurrent disconnection may respond (fault message oC1 or oC11). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 140: Optimising The Control Mode

    • Adaptation of the controller parameters of the slip regulator if V/f control (VFCplus + encoder) is selected. Parameterising the slip regulator ( 166) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 141: Adapting The V/F Base Frequency

    Inverter with 230-V mains connection Motor voltage [V] Motor frequency [Hz] Motor connection V/f base frequency (C00015) 50 Hz  220 / 380 52.3 Hz  Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 142 • Generally, this process can also be used with motors which have different numbers of pole pairs. In case of 2-pole asynchronous motors, the mechanical limit speed must be maintained. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 143: Adapting The Vmin Boost

    Motor in short-time operation up to 0.5 n rated ≈ • for self-ventilated motors: I motor rated motor ≈ • for forced ventilated motors: I motor rated motor Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 144: Optimising The Imax Controller

    • overcurrent errors (e.g. OC3) occur due to load impulses or too high acceleration ramps. • Recommendation: Reduction of the gain Vp (C00073/1) and reset time Ti (C00074/1) of the controller. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 145: Optimising The Stalling Behaviour

    • The maximally permissible current and the maximum torque are reduced in the field weakening range. • The risk of motor stalling is reduced.  Note! We recommend to keep the Lenze setting (0 Hz). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 146: Torque Limitation

    (differential signal between apparent motor current and nTorqueMotLimit_a or nTorqueGenLimit_a) occurs. Above the no-load current of the motor, the accuracy of the indirect torque limitation is limited. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 147 Decel. time - quick stop C00022 Imax in motor mode C00050 Speed setpoint C00023 Imax in generator mode C00074 Ti Imax controller C00073 Vp Imax controller Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 148: Defining A User-Defined V/F Characteristic

    -20 Hz -10 Hz 0 Hz 10 Hz 20 Hz 30 Hz 40 Hz 50 Hz [5-7] Freely definable characteristic (Lenze setting for 3-phase devices) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 149 • This dialog level only shows a simplified signal flow with the most important parameters. • When you click the >>More details button in the left-most position, a signal flow with more details/parameters is displayed. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 150 Parameters Info Parameters Info Parameters Info C00056/2 Actual torque value C00021 Slip compensation C00967/x Frequency interpol. points C00830/29 Limitation of torque in motor mode C00051 Actual speed value C00968/x Voltage interpol. points C00830/28 Limitation of torque in generator mode C00050 Speed setpoint C00056/2 Actual torque value...

  • Page 151: Remedies For Undesired Drive Behaviour

    (adaptation especially required for small machines) • If motor power < inverter power: C00022 to I = 2 I rated motor • Reduce dynamic performance of setpoint generation Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 152: V/F Characteristic Control - Energy-Saving (Vfcpluseco)

    0.75 kW 65 % 75 % 2.2 kW 55 % 85 % 7.5 kW 30 % 45 % 22 kW 23 % 45 kW 21 % Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 153: Parameterisation Dialog/Signal Flow

    • This dialog level only shows a simplified signal flow with the most important parameters. • When you click the >>More details button in the left-most position, a signal flow with more details/parameters is displayed. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 154 Parameters Info Parameters Info Parameters Info C00056/2 Actual torque value C00910/1 Max. pos. output frequency C00975 VFC-ECO: Vp C00830/4 Limitation of torque in motor mode C00910/2 Max. neg. output frequency C00976 VFC-ECO: Ti C00830/5 Limitation of torque in generator mode C00021 Slip compensation C00977...

  • Page 155: Comparison Of Vfcpluseco - Vfcplus

     scaled torque in [%]  efficiency in [%]  motor voltage in [V]  power factor  electrical power in [W] [5-8] Comparison of VFCplusEco - VFCplus Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 156: Basic Settings

    "Optimising the control mode". ( 157) Parameterisable additional functions are described correspondingly in the chapter "Parameterisable additional functions". ( 212) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 157: Optimising The Control Mode

    Adapting the slope limitation for lowering the Eco function. ( 159) • Optimising the cos/phi controller. ( 159) Torque limitation Limit the torque to a lower value.Torque limitation ( 146) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 158: Improving The Behaviour At High Dynamic Load Changes

    An adaptation of the minimum voltage V/f (C00977) improves the stability in case of load impulses. • In the Lenze setting, the minimum voltage V/f is set to 20 % for the highest energy optimisation. This setting serves to respond to load torques if these amount to approx. 25 % of the rated torque or occur with low dynamics.

  • Page 159: Adapting The Slope Limitation For Lowering The Eco Function

    (The dynamics when switching off the eco function is reduced) 5.5.4.3 Optimising the cos/phi controller With the Lenze setting, the cosϕ controller is set such that usually no adaptation is required for all power ratings and application cases. Behaviour Remedy/recommendation The cosϕ...

  • Page 160: Remedies For Undesired Drive Behaviour

    Adapting the slope limitation for lowering the Eco function. ( 159) Speed variations in no-load operation for speeds > 1/3 Minimise speed oscillations with oscillation damping rated speed. (C00234). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 161 Thus, a maximum output voltage is available but the tendency to speed oscillations in the field weakening range at no-load operation and with load increases. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 162: V/F Control (Vfcplus + Encoder)

    • The output speed will drop briefly and then start up again with an encoderless V/f characteristic control. V/f emergency operation will only be exited after CINH. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 163: Parameterisation Dialog/Signal Flow

    • When you click the >>More details button in the left-most position, a signal flow with more details/parameters is displayed, as shown in the following subchapter. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 164 Parameters Info Parameters Info Parameters Info C00056/2 Actual torque value C00050 Speed setpoint C00058 Output frequency C00830/29 Limitation of torque in motor mode C00051 Actual speed value C00006 Motor control C00830/28 Limitation of torque in generator mode C00972 Vp Vf+encoder C00830/26 MCTRL: nBoost_a C00054...

  • Page 165: Basic Settings

    "Optimising the control mode" chapter for the V/f characteristic control (VFCplus). ( 140) Parameterisable additional functions are described correspondingly in the chapter "Parameterisable additional functions". ( 212) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 166: Parameterising The Slip Regulator

    1014 3.33 2.00 1536 4.69 2.81 2048 6.05 3.63 3072 8.77 5.26 4096 11.49 6.90 [5-1] Slip regulator gain Vp based on the encoder increment Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 167 6. Increase the slip regulator time constant (C00973) to approx. twice the value. 7. Increase controller limitation (C00971/1) again (e.g. to twice the slip frequency). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 168 • very fast speed changes due to load, e.g. abrupt stopping of the drive due to an encounter with a stop or a load that is not moving. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 169: Sensorless Vector Control (Slvc)

    0.5-fold slip speed. At lower speed values below the 0.5-fold slip speed, the maximum torque is reduced. The maximum field frequency with this motor control mode is 650 Hz. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 170: Parameterisation Dialog/Signal Flow

    • When you click the >>More details button in the left-most position, a signal flow with more details/parameters is displayed, as shown in the following subchapter. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 171 Parameters Info Parameters Info Parameters Info C00909/2 Max. neg. speed C00275 Setpoint feedforward control filtering C00073/2 SLVC: Vp torque controller C00909/1 Max. pos. speed C00273 Moment of inertia C00074/2 SLVC: Ti torque controller C00830/22 Speed setpoint C00022 Imax in motor mode C00084 Motor stator resistance C00105...

  • Page 172: Types Of Control

    C02864: Bit 15 = 1: negative torque limitation (nTorqueLowLimit_a)  Note! To avoid instabilities during operation, the torque limit values are internally processed as absolute values. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 173: Torque Control With Speed Limitation

    The torque limitation can be deactivated in C2865/1 via bit 0 to obtain the previous function. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 174: Basic Settings

    ( 176) We recommend to use the flying restart function for connecting/synchronising the inverter to an already rotating drive system.Flying restart function ( 218) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 175 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Parameterisable additional functions are described correspondingly in the chapter "Parameterisable additional functions". ( 212) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 176: Optimising The Control Mode

    2. Enter a greater value for the motor rotor resistance (max. factor 2!) to reduce the magnetisation time in C00082.  Note! During the starting action, a jerk may occur in the machine due to the temporarily increased motor current! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 177: Optimise Speed Controller

    • For drive systems with a good disturbance behaviour: Vp > 15 In this case, we recommend the optimisation of the dynamic performance of the torque controller. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 178: Optimising Dynamic Performance And Field Weakening Behaviour

    5.7.4.3 Optimising dynamic performance and field weakening behaviour In the Lenze setting, the torque controller has been preset in such a way that robust and stable operation with a moderate dynamic response is enabled over the entire speed range. Retrospective optimisation of the controller parameters is not necessary.

  • Page 179: Optimising The Stalling Behaviour

    Ti <= 15 ms For applications with speeds above the 2-fold rated speed, we recommend a reset time Ti (C00074/2) > 15 ms. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 180: Optimise Response To Setpoint Changes And Determine Mass Inertia

    • The optimisation could aim at the speed controller being completely relieved (see signal characteristics in Fig. [5-12]). 5. Save the parameter set (device command: C00002/11). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 181 First the speed controller, then this additive torque is connected which is hence not derived from the differential change in speed setpoint. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 182 • Recommendation: Deactivate the torque feedforward control for the speed setpoint in C00654/1 if the reference speed C0011 is 5 times higher than the rated motor speed C0087. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 183: Slip Calculation From Motor Equivalent Circuit Diagram Data

    Automatic motor data identification ( 119) In the slip calculation from the motor equivalent circuit diagram data, the slip compensation (C00021) has no influence anymore. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 184: Optimising Field Feedforward Control And Torque Feedforward Control

    • These oscillations can be reduced by again increasing the cross current controller gain slightly in C00986.  Note! The setting of C00985 C00986 reduces the torque setting range. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 185: Remedies For Undesired Drive Behaviour

    The torque required is not generated at standstill. Increase motor magnetising current (C00095). Current overshoots occur when heavy loads are accelerated from standstill (OC1 or OC11 error). The machine runs uneven. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 186: Sensorless Control For Synchronous Motors (Slpsm)

    • The injection of a constant current may cause an unwanted heating of the motor at controlled operation. • We recommend using a temperature feedback via PTC or thermal contact. Motor temperature monitoring (PTC) ( 253) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 187 • Higher power density of the motor • Higher efficiency • Limitation of the maximum torque in motor mode and generator mode in closed-loop operating range • Implementation of simple positioning Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 188: Parameterisation Dialog/Signal Flow

    • This dialog level only shows a simplified signal flow with the most important parameters. • When you click the >>More details button in the left-most position, a signal flow with more details/parameters is displayed. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 189 Parameters Info Parameters Info Parameters Info C00830/22 Speed setpoint C00909/1 Max. pos. speed C00830/29 Limitation of torque in motor mode C00998/1 SLPSM: Filter time rotor position C00909/2 Max. neg. speed C00830/28 Limitation of torque in generator mode C00833/68 MCTRL: bMotorRefOffsetOn C00050 Speed setpoint C00830/24...
  • Page 190 Parameters Info Parameters Info Parameters Info C00830/27 MCTRL: nTorqueSetValue_a C00995/1 SLPSM: Open-loop controlled accelerating current C00075 Vp current controller C00830/29 Limitation of torque in motor mode C00995/2 SLPSM: Open-loop controlled standstill current C00076 Ti current controller C00830/28 Limitation of torque in generator mode C00996/1 SLPSM: Closed-loop controlled switching speed C00018...

  • Page 191: Types Of Control

    • It must be prevented that the actual speed value is braked into the non-observable area due to the torque limitation!  Note! To avoid instabilities during operation, the torque limit values are internally processed as absolute values. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 192: Basic Settings

    The Lenze settings of the current controller are predefined for a power-adapted motor. For an optimal drive behaviour of a synchronous motor, we recommend to adapt the controller settings. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 193 Information on the optimisation of the control mode and the adaptation to the real application is provided in the "Optimising the control mode" chapter. Parameterisable additional functions are described correspondingly in the chapter "Parameterisable additional functions". ( 212) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 194: Reduction Of Speed Overshoot

    Setting for the load value of the speed controller when a very high starting torque is required from the drive: C00936/1 = 101% ... 200% The load value of the speed controller is 100%. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 195: Optimising The Control Mode

    The use of the functions is only recommended in exceptional cases. Setting the current setpoint filter (band-stop filter) ( 205) Adapting the max. acceleration change (jerk limitation) ( 206) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 196: Optimise Current Controller

    --------------- - s [ ] = Motor stator leakage inductance (C00085) = Motor stator resistance (C00084) = Equivalent time constant (= 500 μs) --------------- - Ω Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 197: Optimise Speed Controller

    = Rated motor speed = Total moment of inertia of the drive drive, total [5-14] Recommendation for the setting of the gain of the speed controller Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 198 • Following and speed errors can adopt very high values. • If the mechanics are sensitive, the corresponding monitoring functions are to be activated. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 199 3. Change gain Vp in C00070/3 and reset time Tn in C00071/3. 4. Repeat steps 1 ... 3 until the optimum ramp response is reached. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 200: Optimise Response To Setpoint Changes And Determine Mass Inertia

    • The optimisation could aim at the speed controller being completely relieved (see signal characteristics in Fig. [5-15]). 5. Save the parameter set (device command: C00002/11). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 201 First the speed controller, then this additive torque is connected which is hence not derived from the differential change in speed setpoint. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 202 • Recommendation: Deactivate the torque feedforward control for the speed setpoint in C00654/1 if the reference speed C0011 is 5 times higher than the rated motor speed C0087. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 203: Current-Dependent Stator Leakage Inductance Ppp(I)

    If required, the saturation characteristic of this motor must be set in C02853/1...17 and then activated in C02859. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 204 C02853/4 C02853/17 6.25 12.5 18.75 31.25 37.5 43.75 56.25 62.5 68.75 81.25 87.5 93.75 [5-16] Saturation characteristic: Inductance referring to the inductance for rated current Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 205: Setting The Current Setpoint Filter (Band-Stop Filter)

    • If the filter depth is set to "0 dB" (default setting), the filter is not active.  Note! Readjust the speed controller after setting the current setpoint filter. Optimise speed controller ( 197) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 206: Adapting The Max. Acceleration Change (Jerk Limitation)

    The setting defines the permissible maximum torque change per ms (based on the rated motor torque).  Note! Only activate this jerk limitation for speed-controlled applications! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 207: Pole Position Identification Without Motion

    10°. The identification takes 1 ... 15 ms depending on the motor. The function is preset in the Lenze setting so that no further settings need to be made in the majority of cases. In order to get the same behaviour as before, the function can be deactivated in C02874.
  • Page 208 Due to the accuracy of the identification, this can for instance serve to prevent the motor from rotating backwards, if this is required by specific applications. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 209: Field Weakening For Synchronous Motors

    [5-17] Voltage/speed characteristic with switched-on field weakening 800V ⋅ ------------------------------------- - nenn_mot ⋅ nenn_mot [5-18] Calculation of the maximally reachable speed with switched-on field weakening Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 210 (e.g. since no motor temperature detection is available and/or heating in the field weakening operation is to be limited), the value must be increased or reduced accordingly in C00938. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 211 DC-bus voltage of 800 V if field weakening is switched off. 4000 6000 [5-20] Example: Possible DC-bus voltage > 800 V if field weakening gets lost Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 212: Parameterisable Additional Functions

    1000 Hz C02864/1 MCTRL: Special settings 2 0x0000 Bit 4: Option "Motor ident: Switching frequency 8 kHz" (Off) (from version 14.00.00) Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 213 In this case, only the following settings in C00018 are permissible: Selection in C00018 7 8 kHz constant/drive-optimised 8 16 kHz constant/drive-optimised 23 16 kHz var./drive-opt./8 kHz min Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 214 In case of larger load impulses, the overcurrent interruption may be activated, to which the inverter responds with "Error". Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 215 The inverter is designed so that operation at an ambient temperature of 45° C without derating is permissible at a switching frequency of 4 kHz. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 216: Operation With Increased Rated Power

    Stop! Operation at increased rated power is only permitted ... • with the inverters listed in the 8400 hardware manual for this type of operation in the stated mains voltage range. • at switching frequencies of 2 kHz and 4 kHz.
  • Page 217 C00088 Rated motor current Automatic motor data identification ( 119) C00089 Rated motor frequency C00090 Rated motor voltage C00091 Motor cos ϕ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 218: Flying Restart Function

    Tip! In association with the flying restart function, we recommend information provided in this documentation on the following topic: Automatic DC-injection braking (Auto-DCB) ( 222) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 219 4. Set the flying restart current in C00994. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 220 = Equivalent time constant (= 500 μs) --------------- - Ω [5-21] Formulae for the calculation of the gain and reset time of the current controller Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 221: Dc-Injection Braking

    (C00098) C00106 Auto-DCB: Hold time 0.500 s C00107 DC braking: Hold time 999.000 s • When "999.000 s" is set, the hold time is infinite. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 222: Manual Dc-Injection Braking (Dcb)

    If the enabled drive is to start, the speed setpoint passed via the acceleration ramp must exceed the auto DCB threshold (C00019). Below this threshold, the motor will not be energised. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 223 • The operating threshold can serve to set a dead band in the setpoint. If DC-injection braking is not to be active then, C00106 must be set to a value of "0". Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 224  Controller output current C00106  Pulse inhibit  DC-injection braking is active [5-23] Example 2: Auto-GSB signal characteristic during V/f operation with speed feedback Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 225: Slip Compensation

    (C00021 < 0) with V/f characteristic control results in "smoother" drive behaviour at heavy load impulses or applications requiring a significant speed drop under load. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 226: Oscillation Damping

    • Here, speeds higher than the rated speed are typical, especially when the output frequency is close to the mains frequency. • See subchapter "Oscillation damping in the field weakening range". ( 228) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 227: Oscillation Damping Voltage Range

    • The filter time oscillation damping (C00235) should not be changed. 3. These can be indicators for smooth running: • Constant motor current characteristic • Reduction of the mechanical oscillations in the bearing seat Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 228: Oscillation Damping In The Field Weakening Range

    (increment 1). 3. These can be indicators for smooth running: • Constant motor current characteristic • Reduction of the mechanical oscillations in the bearing seat Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 229: Phase Sequence Reversal For Correcting Misconnected Uvw Motor Phases

    Cases of application for this function: • Phase sequence reversal in case of misconnected motor phases. • Setting of the correctly signed direction of rotation for inversely mounted motors. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 230: Encoder/Feedback System

    Wiring diagram, assignment and electrical data of the digital input terminals can be found in the hardware manual 8400 in the chapter "technical data". The hardware manual is stored in electronic form on the data carrier supplied with the 8400 inverter. Speed encoder...
  • Page 231 C00425/1 FreqIn12: Encoder scanning time 10 ms • If the digital inputs DI1 and DI2 are used as encoder inputs. Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 232 Actual value - HTL encoder FreqIn12 - rpm Monitoring C00586 Resp. to encoder open circuit HTL 1: Fault Encoder open-circuit monitoring ( 262) Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 233: Parameterising Digital Inputs As Encoder Inputs

    Parameterising digital inputs as encoder inputs Define the function of the digital inputs DI1 and DI2 in C00115/1. To be able to use the digital inputs as encoder inputs, select 2, 3, or 4 (Lenze recommendation: 2) in C00115/ depending on the input terminals used.

  • Page 234: Generation Of The Actual Speed Value

    • In case of the motor control types with speed feedback, the dnMotorPosAct_p position signal is directly created from the speed feedback signal. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 235: Htl Encoder At Di1/Di2

    We recommend the use of the preset procedure for low-resolution encoders (C00496 = 1). This procedure can also be used for dynamic applications (e.g. V/f + encoder). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 236 Min. measurable speed in [rpm] increments) 1875 93.8 37.5 18.8 46.9 18.8 46.9 23.4 46.9 23.4 11.7 58.6 23.4 11.7 0.12 58.6 29.3 11.7 0.12 0.06 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 237: Braking Operation/Brake Energy Management

    If no brake resistor or regenerative module is used, the overvoltage switch-off ("oU") may respond, e.g. in case of short deceleration times during feedback operation. Error messages of the operating system ( 459) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 238 In order to install the regenerative module, follow the notes in the 8400 hardware manual. The hardware manual has been stored in electronic form on the data carrier supplied with the 8400 inverter. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 239 No response Inverter motor brake C00987 Inverter motor brake: nAdd 80 rpm C00988 Inverter motor brake: PT1 filter time 0.0 ms Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 240: Setting The Voltage Source For Braking Operation

    C00175 from version 04.00.00 onwards. This function enables rapid braking without a brake resistor. Torque oscillations can occur due to the traversing dynamics.Inverter motor brake ( 242) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 241 A combination of all three braking procedures is also possible, e.g. for emergency braking if the brake resistor fails (C00175 = "4: Brake resistor + FI_MotBrk + RfgStop"). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 242: Inverter Motor Brake

    • For applications with low mass inertias and a short braking time (< 1 s). • For all applications where braking should be as quick as possible. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 243 [5-27] Formula for calculating the additive speed setpoint for an asynchronous motor • In case of a synchronous motor, the additive speed setpoint (C00987) should be 5 … 20 % of the rated machine speed. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 244 • Adapt the deceleration ramp so that the deceleration time is slightly below (10 ... 30 %) the deceleration time that can be realised with the inverter motor brake. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 245: Avoiding Thermal Overload Of The Brake Resistor

    DC-bus system since this setting also influences the brake chopper threshold for switching on the brake chopper. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 246 • A free input of the application block can be used to transfer the signal from I/O level to application level. • If the digital inputs/outputs are used for transmitting the signal, they must be connected electrically accordingly. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 247 • We recommend this setting when this function is used in order to achieve a higher discharge of the DC bus - especially in case of high device power. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 248: Monitoring

    ( 88) Diagnostics & error management ( 434) Basics on error handling in the inverter ( 434) Error messages of the operating system ( 459) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 249: Device Overload Monitoring (Ixt)

    • The bMctrlIxtOverload status output of the LS_DeviceMonitor system block will be set to TRUE. • A setting of C00604 = "0: No Reaction" deactivates the monitoring. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 250: Motor Overload Monitoring (I2Xt)

    The desired initialisation is selected in C00122. In the Lenze setting of C00122, the behaviour remains unchanged (no initialisation). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 251 (100 %) at output frequencies f > 40 Hz. • The inverter outputs the "oC6: I2xt overload motor" error message and triggers the response set C00606 (default setting: "Warning"). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 252: Motor Overcurrent Monitoring

    C00022 C00023 will automatically be adapted to the selected motor. Related topics: Maximum current monitoring ( 259) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 253: Motor Temperature Monitoring (Ptc)

    Connect a fixed resistor to the PTC input: • R > 4 kΩ : Fault message must be activated. • R < 1 kΩ : Fault message must not be activated. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 254: Brake Resistor Monitoring (I2Xt)

    C00572, there is the switching threshold of the brake transistor which results from the mains voltage (C00173) and the reduced brake chopper threshold (C00174). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 255 • A utilisation of 100 % corresponds to the continuous power of the brake resistor depending on the maximally permissible temperature limit. Related topics: Braking operation/brake energy management ( 237) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 256: Motor Phase Failure Monitoring

    • an error is pending due to a DC-bus overvoltage ("OU"), • motor parameter identification is carried out, • DC-injection braking is active. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 257: Motor Phase Error Monitoring Before Operation

    In this case, the motor phase error monitoring must be switched off before operation (C2866/2 = "0: No"). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 258 • The MCTRL_Status3 status word can be integrated in the application via configuration parameters (e.g. C00620) (MCTRL_Status3 = selection 34906 in Selection list - analog signals). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 259: Mains Phase Failure Monitoring

    If the activated monitoring is tripped: • The "oC10: Maximum current reached" error message is entered in the logbook. Related topics: Motor overcurrent monitoring ( 252) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 260: Current Monitoring For Overload

    FALSE rated state. When bCurrentMonitoringOverload = FALSE, the delay time in the resolution is set to the value 0 s again. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 261: Maximum Torque Monitoring

    • The error response "Fault" occurs, i.e. the inverter is inhibited and the motor changes to torque- free operation (coasts down). • The error message "oS2: Max. motor speed reached" is entered into the logbook. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 262: Encoder Open-Circuit Monitoring

    • The bMctrlEncoderComFault status output of the LS_DeviceMonitor SB is set to TRUE. • A setting of C00586 = "0: No Reaction" deactivates the monitoring. Related topics: Encoder/feedback system ( 230) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 263: Internal Interfaces | System Block "Ls_Motorinterface

    Adaptation of the speed controller gain • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % Vp (C00070) C00830/25 | INT bSpeedInterpolatorOn Speed setpoint interpolation C00833/28 | BOOL FALSE Deactivate interpolation TRUE Activate interpolation Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 264 Stop! Values selected too high may cause the motor to heat up due to the resulting current! bAutoBoostOn Reserved C00833/32 | BOOL (from version 04.00.00) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 265 Stop! Values selected too high may cause the motor to heat up due to the resulting current! bAutoBoostOn Reserved C00833/32 | BOOL (from version 04.00.00) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 266 TRUE Activate adaptation of torque limitation. nTorqueLimitAdapt_a Value for adaptation of torque limitation • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % nTorqueMotLimit_a and nTorqueGenLimit_a C00830/70 | INT Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 267 16384 ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) • Vector control (SLVC): 16384 ≡ 100 % M (C00057) nEffSpeedSetValue_a Effective speed setpoint • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 268 TRUE Motor parameter identification is active bFlyingSyncActive "Flying restart function active" status signal BOOL Flying restart function ( 218) TRUE Flying restart function is active Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 269 • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 360° (from version 13.00.00) bLimSpeedTorquemodeOn Status signal of torque control with speed limitation BOOL TRUE Speed limitation for torque control is active. (from version 13.00.00) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 270: Internal Status Signals | System Block "Ls_Devicemonitor

    Status of the Device overload monitoring (Ixt) BOOL TRUE Device utilisation (Ixt) ≥ device utilisation threshold (C00123) • Lenze setting: C00123 = 100 % Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 271 • Scaling: 16384 ≡ double rated power of the inverter (from version 14.00.00) nMctrlCosinePhiAct_a Current cosine phi • Scaling: 16384 ≡ cosine phi of 1.0 (from version 14.00.00) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 272 TRUE Open-loop controlled operation of the SLPSM is active FALSE Open-loop controlled operation of the SLPSM is not active Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 273: O Terminals

    Wiring diagram, assignment and electrical data of the input and output terminals can be found in the hardware manual 8400 in the chapter "technical data". The hardware manual is stored in electronic form on the data carrier supplied with the 8400 inverter. ...

  • Page 274: Digital Terminals

    Switching cycle diagnostics of the relay: • A reference for evaluating the wear limit can be obtained via the number of switching cycles of the relay displayed in C00177/2. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 275 The polarity can be changed from LOW active to HIGH active by clicking this button. Open the parameterising dialog for assigning application inputs to the digital input. Changing the terminal assignment with the »Engineer« ( 306) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 276 C00621/2 LS_DigitalOutput:bOut1 1000: LA_nCtrl_bDriveReady Greyed out = display parameter Related topics: Configuring exception handling of the output terminals ( 301) User-defined terminal assignment ( 302) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 277: Change Function Assignment

    Digital input  Note! • In the Lenze setting of C00115, the digital input terminals DI1 and DI2 have been configured as "normal" digital inputs. • The digital input terminals DI3 ... DI4 are basically designed as "normal" digital inputs.

  • Page 278: Using Di1 And Di2 As Digital Inputs

    Related topics: Using DI1 and DI2 as frequency inputs ( 279) Using DI1 as counting input ( 283) Internal interfaces | System block "LS_DigitalInput" ( 286) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 279: Using Di1 And Di2 As Frequency Inputs

    Detailed information on this topic is provided in chapter "Output of the encoder position of the DI1/DI2 frequency input". ( 288) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 280 "normal" digital input.. Function assignment 2: DI1&DI2=FreqIn (2-track) This setting in C00115 can be used to connect a two-track encoder to the DI1/DI2 terminals. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 281 Loading with level C02845 PosIn12: Comparison value C00443/1 DIx: Terminal level C00445/1 FreqIn12_nOut_v - Incr/ms C00446/1 FreqIn12_nOut_a C00449/1 FreqIn12_dnOut_p - Incr Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 282 ( 288) Using DI1 and DI2 as digital inputs ( 278) Using DI1 as counting input ( 283) Internal interfaces | System block "LS_DigitalInput" ( 286) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 283: Using Di1 As Counting Input

    CountIn1: Starting value 0 incr C02840/2 CountIn1: Comparison value 65535 incr C02841/1 CountIn1: Counter content - incr C00443/1 DIx: Terminal level Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 284 TRUE Current count value ≥ comparison value (C02840/2) wCountIn1_HW Current count value wCountIn1_LW • Output as High and Low word (without sign) • Possible counting range: 0 ... 2 C02841/1 | WORD Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 285 Using DI1 and DI2 as digital inputs ( 278) Using DI1 and DI2 as frequency inputs ( 279) Internal interfaces | System block "LS_DigitalInput" ( 286) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 286: Internal Interfaces | System Block "Ls_Digitalinput

    These input terminals can then be alternatively used as frequency inputs or counting inputs. • The DI3 ... DI4 input terminals are basically designed as "normal" digital inputs. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 287 Status signal "Overflow occurred/distance processed" • Status signal can be reset via bPosIn12_Load. BOOL (from version 06.00.00) TRUE Overflow has occurred or distance is processed. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 288: Output Of The Encoder Position Of The Di1/Di2 Frequency Input

    • Overflow is possible (display via bPosIn12_State) bPosIn12_State Status signal "Overflow occurred/distance processed" • Status signal can be reset via bPosIn12_Load. BOOL TRUE Overflow has occurred or distance is processed. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 289 • A positive nFreqIn12_v signal is incremented (the counter content is increased with every cycle). • A negative nFreqIn12_v signal is decremented (the counter content is reduced with every cycle). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 290 • If the negative counter content is lower than the comparison value set in C02845, the comparison value will be added to the counter content, and bPosIn12_State will be set to TRUE for one task cycle. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 291 ----------------------- 60 s • Calculation of the output value: 1000 rev. 65535 incr. dnPosIn12_p ----------------------- 10 s ⋅ ⋅ ---------------------------- 10922666 incr. 60 s Rev. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 292: Internal Interfaces | System Block "Ls_Digitaloutput

    The LS_DigitalOutput system block maps the digital output terminals in the FB editor. Input Information/possible settings DIS code | data type bRelay Relay output (potential-free two-way switch) C00444/1 | BOOL bOut1 DO1 digital output C00444/1 | BOOL Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 293: Analog Terminals

    • In case of a critical exception in the application (e.g. reset), the analog output is set to 0 V. Parameterisation dialog in the »Engineer«: Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 294 LS_AnalogOutput: nOut1_a (V) 1003: LA_nCtrl_nMotorSpeedAct_a Greyed out = display parameter Related topics: Configuring exception handling of the output terminals ( 301) User-defined terminal assignment ( 302) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 295: Parameterising Analog Input

    C00033/1 AIN1: Output value (to application) C00440/1 PT1 rounding AnalogIn1 10 ms C00598/1 Resp. to open circuit AIN1 3: TroubleQuickStop Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 296 Using current input A1I In the Lenze setting, voltage signals in the range of ± 10 V are evaluated via the A1U input terminal. If current signals are detected via the A1I input terminal instead, the selection "1: 0...20mA" or "2: 4...20mA"...

  • Page 297: Signal Adaptation By Means Of Characteristic

     AIN1: (-xmax) 199.99 % In the »Engineer«, there is a parameterising dialog for entering the characteristic. This dialog also displays the set characteristic graphically. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 298 Analog input dialog. 3. Click on the Settings button in order to open the Analog input - Characteristic dialog box: Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 299: Parameterising Analog Output

    Value Unit Analog output 1 C00434/1 O1U: Gain 100.00 % C00435/1 O1U: Offset 0.00 % C00439/1 O1U: Input value (from application) Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 300: Internal Interfaces | System Block "Ls_Analoginput

    The LS_AnalogInput system block maps the analog output in the FB editor. Input Information/possible settings Data type nOut1U_a Analog output 1 • Scaling: 2 ≡ 16384 ≡ 10 V Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 301: Configuring Exception Handling Of The Output Terminals

    Value Unit C00442/1 AOut1_U: Decoupling value 0.00 % C00448 DigOut decoupling value Bit coded Related topics: Configuring exception handling of the CAN PDOs ( 542) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 302: User-Defined Terminal Assignment

    In C00007, control mode "0: Interconnection changed" will be shown.  Tip! First of all, select a Lenze configuration useful for the purpose at hand by going to C00005 and selecting a technology application that matches your drive task and then going to C00007 and selecting an appropriate control mode.

  • Page 303: Source-Destination Principle

    • Every input of the application block can only be logically linked to one input signal. • An output of the application block can be logically linked to several device output terminals. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 304: Changing The Terminal Assignment With The Keypad

    LS_DigitalOutput:bRelay 1001: LA_nCtrl_bDriveFail C00621/2 LS_DigitalOutput:bOut1 1000: LA_nCtrl_bDriveReady Other subcodes (not shown here) allow the configuration of input signals of different system blocks and port blocks. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 305 The example shows that, for each input of the application block, the associated configuration parameter (C00700/x or C00701/x) is only allowed to contain one source that you enter. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 306: Changing The Terminal Assignment With The "Engineer

    3. Remove checkmark for the connection LA_NCtrl: bJogSpeed2 in order to cancel the existing logical link. 4. Set checkmark for connection LA_NCtrl: bJogRamp1 in order to logically link this application input to digital input DI2. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 307 5. In the bJogRamp1 list field, set the selection "16001: DigIn_bIn2". 6. Click on the Back button in order to close the dialog box again. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 308 You can find detailed information on how to use the FB editor of the »Engineer« in the main chapter entitled "Working with the FB Editor". ( 882) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 309: Technology Applications

    Related topics: Integrated technology applications ( 26) Commissioning of the "Actuating drive speed" technology application ( 55) Commissioning of the "Switch-off positioning" technology application ( 63) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 310: Selection Of The Technology Application And The Control Mode

    Detailed information on the individual configuration of the input/output terminals can be found in the description of the I/O terminals in the subchapter"User-defined terminal assignment". ( 302) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 311: Ta "Actuating Drive Speed

    D-flipflop • Interface to the safety module (optional) • Integration of encoder feedback Related topics: Commissioning of the "Actuating drive speed" technology application ( 55) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 312: Basic Signal Flow

     Terminal assignment & display of digital control signals  Integrated disposable "GeneralPurpose" functions: Analog switch, arithmetic, multiplication/division, binary delay element, binary logic, analog comparison, D-flipflop Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 313 In the case of a grinding machine, the additional speed setpoint can, for instance, be used to control a constant circumferential speed while the grinding disk diameter is reduced. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 314: Internal Interfaces | Application Block "La_Nctrl

    • The quick stop is deactivated if no other source for the quick stop is active. • C00159 displays a bit code of active sources/causes for the quick stop. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 315 Additional offset for the electrical angle of rotation • If a torque is connected, e.g. dynamic acceleration processes can be generated. • Scaling: ±32767 ≡ ±180 ° angle of rotation Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 316 • Upstream to the ramp function generator, a blocking speed masking function and a setpoint MinMax limitation are effective. • For a detailed functional description see the L_NSet Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 317 • In the Lenze setting, the speed setpoint is maintained. bMPotDown Decreasing the speed setpoint BOOL TRUE Approach the lower speed limit value set In C00801 with the deceleration time set in C00803. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 318 (supervisor operation). If a controller inhibit has been set by the brake control, it will be deactivated. • In semi-automatic operation, the brake is released including feedforward control. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 319 The signals can be transferred from the I/O level to the application level via these inputs. bFreeIn1 ... bFreeIn8 Free inputs for digital signals BOOL wFreeIn1 ... wFreeIn4 Free inputs for 16-bit signals WORD Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 320 • In the "VFC (+encoder)" operating mode of the motor control, this value is determined from the current motor current and corresponds to the actual torque only by approximation. • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % M (C00057) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 321 The signals from the application level can be transferred to the I/O level via these outputs. bFreeOut1 ... bFreeOut8 Free outputs for digital signals BOOL wFreeOut1 ... wFreeOut4 Free outputs for 16-bit signals WORD Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 322: Terminal Assignment Of The Control Modes

    7.2.3 Terminal assignment of the control modes The following comparison provides information about which inputs/outputs of the application block LA_NCtrl are interconnected to the digital and analog input/output terminals of the inverter in the different control modes. Control mode (C00007) Terminals 0 Terminals 2 Terminals 11...

  • Page 323: Terminals 0

    LA_NCtrl.nMainSetValue_a * X4/DI1 LA_NCtrl.bJogSpeed1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 LA_NCtrl.bJogSpeed2 X3/O1U LA_NCtrl.nMotorSpeedAct_a * X4/DI3 LA_NCtrl.bSetDCBrake * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 LA_NCtrl.bSetSpeedCcw X4/DO1 LA_NCtrl.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 324: Terminals 2

    LA_NCtrl.nMainSetValue_a * X4/DI1 LA_NCtrl.bJogSpeed1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 LA_NCtrl.bJogSpeed2 X3/O1U LA_NCtrl.nMotorSpeedAct_a * X4/DI3 LA_NCtrl.bSetQuickstop * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 LA_NCtrl.bSetSpeedCcw X4/DO1 LA_NCtrl.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 325: Terminals 11

    LA_NCtrl.nMainSetValue_a * X4/DI1 LA_NCtrl.bSetSpeedCcw X3/A1I X4/DI2 LA_NCtrl.bSetDCBrake X3/O1U LA_NCtrl.nMotorSpeedAct_a * X4/DI3 LA_NCtrl.bMPotUp * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 LA_NCtrl.bMPotDown X4/DO1 LA_NCtrl.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 326: Terminal 16

    X4/DI1 LA_NCtrl.bJogSpeed1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 LA_NCtrl.bJogSpeed2 X3/O1U LA_NCtrl.nMotorSpeedAct_a * X4/DI3 LA_NCtrl. bRLQCw * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 LA_NCtrl. bRLQCcw X4/DO1 LA_NCtrl.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 327: Keypad

    Assignment X101/NC-NO LA_NCtrl.bDriveFail X4/RFR LA_NCtrl.bFailReset X3/A1U X4/DI1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 X3/O1U LA_NCtrl.nMotorSpeedAct_a * X4/DI3 * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 X4/DO1 LA_NCtrl.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 328 Assignment X101/NC-NO LA_NCtrl.bDriveFail X4/RFR LA_NCtrl.bFailReset X3/A1U X4/DI1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 X3/O1U LA_NCtrl.nMotorSpeedAct_a * X4/DI3 * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 X4/DO1 LA_NCtrl.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 329 A1U has an additive effect. • The "manual jog" function via digital terminals is being prepared! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 330 A1U has an additive effect. • The "manual jog" function via digital terminals is being prepared! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 331: Process Data Assignment For Fieldbus Communication

    Bit 11 SetDCBrake 1 ≡ Activate DC-injection braking Manual DC-injection braking (DCB) ( 222) Bit 12 JogSpeed1 Activation of fixed speed 1 ... 3 Bit 13 JogSpeed2 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 332 • E.g. if an overvoltage has occurred. Bit 14 FreeStatusBit14 Free status bit 14 (not assigned, freely assignable) Bit 15 FreeStatusBit15 Free status bit 15 (not assigned, freely assignable) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 333: Setting Parameters (Short Overview)

    L_NSet_1: Blocking speed 3 min 0.00 % C00635 L_NSet_1: nMaxLimit 199.99 % C00636 L_NSet_1: nMinLimit -199.99 % C00670 L_OffsetGainP_1: Gain 1.0000 C00671 L_OffsetGainP_2: Gain 1.0000 C00672 L_OffsetGainP_3: Gain 1.0000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 334 L_MPot_1: Inactive fct. 0: Retain value C00805 L_MPot_1: Init fct. 0: Load last value C00806 Use of motor potentiometer 0: No Related topics: "GeneralPurpose" functions ( 398) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 335: Configuration Parameters

    1000 bOut1 bCInhActive bCInhIsActive 1002 bSpeedCcw bCwCcw 1004 bSpeedActCompare bNactCompare 1005 [7-2] Pre-assignment of the "Actuating drive speed" application in the "Terminals 0" control mode Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 336 1010 C00411/2 C00412 - Bit 1 bGPSignalOut2 1011 C00411/3 C00412 - Bit 2 bGPSignalOut3 1012 C00411/4 C00412 - Bit 3 bGPSignalOut4 1013 [7-3] "GeneralPurpose" functions Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 337 C700/27 1024 wFreeIn3 wFreeOut3 C700/28 1025 wFreeIn4 wFreeOut4 C700/29 1026 [7-5] Free inputs/outputs Related topics: User-defined terminal assignment ( 302) "GeneralPurpose" functions ( 398) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 338 (when NetRef=0). For this reason, the nNAdd_a input at the L_NSet_1 setpoint generator for determining an additional speed setpoint is not connected in the Lenze setting. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 339: O Assemblies

    Detailed information on EtherNet/IP™ can be found at the web page of the ODVA (Open DeviceNet Vendor Association) user organisation: http://www.odva.org Related topics: Process data assignment for fieldbus communication Run/Stop event Scaling of speed and torque values Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 340: Basic Signal Flow

    Terminal assignment & display of digital control signals  Integrated disposable "GeneralPurpose" functions: Analog switch, arithmetic, multiplication/division, binary  delay element, binary logic, analog comparison, D-flipflop Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 341 • In case of control via fieldbus via bit 0 "Run Forward" and bit 1 "Run Backward" of the AC Drive Profile control word. • In case of local control via the bSetSpeedCcw application input or by selecting negative fixed setpoints. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 342 • All others: FALSE 20: Keypad C00728/3 21: PC C00472/1 * The local setpoint is selected in the Lenze setting via the analog input 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 343: Internal Interfaces | Application Block "La_Nctrl

    TRUE The current fault is reset, if the cause for the fault is eliminated. • If the fault still exists, the error status remains unchanged. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 344 • If the value is negative, the voltage is reduced. • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 1000 V  Stop! Values selected too high may cause the motor to heat up due to the resulting current! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 345 TRUE Direction of rotation to the left (Ccw) bRLQCw Activate clockwise rotation (fail-safe) • For a detailed functional description see the L_RLQ BOOL FALSE Quick stop TRUE CW rotation Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 346 • Alternative acceleration times are selected in C00101/1...15. • The selection of the alternative deceleration times is carried out in C00103/1...15. • For a detailed functional description see the L_NSet Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 347 • The influence factor of the PID controller can be limited to a certain value (- 199.99% ... + 199.99%) via nPIDInfluence_a. • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % • Internal limitation to ± 199.99 % Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 348 • If the comparison statement is true, the output bGPCompareOut will be set to TRUE. bGPDFlipFlop_InD D-FlipFlop: Input signals bGPDFlipFlop_InClk • Data, clock and reset input bGPDFlipFlop_InClr BOOL Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 349 TRUE Speed setpoint from the ramp function generator = 0 bSpeedActEqSet TRUE Actual speed value = speed setpoint BOOL nMotorCurrent_a Current stator current/effective motor current • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % I (C00022) max_mot Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 350 • Gain and offset for each output signal can be parameterised in C00413/1...8. BOOL bGPDFlipFlop_Out D-FlipFlop: Output signal BOOL bGPDFlipFlop_NegOut D-FlipFlop: Negated output signal BOOL Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 351 The signals from the application level can be transferred to the I/O level via these outputs. bFreeOut1 ... bFreeOut8 Free outputs for digital signals BOOL wFreeOut1 ... wFreeOut4 Free outputs for 16-bit signals WORD Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 352: Terminal Assignment Of The Control Modes

    7.3.4 Terminal assignment of the control modes The following comparison provides information about which inputs/outputs of the application block LA_NCtrl are interconnected to the digital and analog input/output terminals of the inverter in the different control modes. Control mode (C00007) Terminals 0 Terminals 2 Terminals 11...

  • Page 353: Terminals 0

    LA_NCtrl.nAuxSetValue_a * X4/DI1 LA_NCtrl.bJogSpeed1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 LA_NCtrl.bJogSpeed2 X3/O1U LA_NCtrl.nMotorSpeedAct_a * X4/DI3 LA_NCtrl.bSetDCBrake * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 LA_NCtrl.bSetSpeedCcw X4/DO1 LA_NCtrl.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 354: Terminals 2

    LA_NCtrl.nAuxSetValue_a * X4/DI1 LA_NCtrl.bJogSpeed1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 LA_NCtrl.bJogSpeed2 X3/O1U LA_NCtrl.nMotorSpeedAct_a * X4/DI3 LA_NCtrl.bSetQuickstop * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 LA_NCtrl.bSetSpeedCcw X4/DO1 LA_NCtrl.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 355: Terminals 11

    LA_NCtrl.nAuxSetValue_a * X4/DI1 LA_NCtrl.bSetSpeedCcw X3/A1I X4/DI2 LA_NCtrl.bSetDCBrake X3/O1U LA_NCtrl.nMotorSpeedAct_a * X4/DI3 LA_NCtrl.bMPotUp * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 LA_NCtrl.bMPotDown X4/DO1 LA_NCtrl.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 356: Terminal 16

    X4/DI1 LA_NCtrl.bJogSpeed1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 LA_NCtrl.bJogSpeed2 X3/O1U LA_NCtrl.nMotorSpeedAct_a * X4/DI3 LA_NCtrl. bRLQCw * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 LA_NCtrl. bRLQCcw X4/DO1 LA_NCtrl.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 357: Keypad

    Assignment X101/NC-NO LA_NCtrl.bDriveFail X4/RFR LA_NCtrl.bFailReset X3/A1U X4/DI1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 X3/O1U LA_NCtrl.nMotorSpeedAct_a * X4/DI3 * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 X4/DO1 LA_NCtrl.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 358 Assignment X101/NC-NO LA_NCtrl.bDriveFail X4/RFR LA_NCtrl.bFailReset X3/A1U X4/DI1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 X3/O1U LA_NCtrl.nMotorSpeedAct_a * X4/DI3 * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 X4/DO1 LA_NCtrl.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 359 LA_NCtrl.nMotorSpeedAct_a * X4/DI3 LA_NCtrl.bSetDCBrake * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 LA_NCtrl.bSetSpeedCcw X4/DO1 LA_NCtrl.bDriveReady Process data assignment for fieldbus communication ( 331) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 360 LA_NCtrl.nMotorSpeedAct_a * X4/DI3 LA_NCtrl.bSetDCBrake * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 LA_NCtrl.bSetSpeedCcw X4/DO1 LA_NCtrl.bDriveReady Process data assignment for fieldbus communication ( 361) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 361: Process Data Assignment For Fieldbus Communication

    Scaling of speed and torque values Word 4 - Not preconfigured Words 5 ... 16 - Not preconfigured • Only available in control mode "40: MCI". Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 362: Run/Stop Event

    0  1 Run2 0  1 0  1 No Action No Action No Action No Action 1  0 Run2 1  0 Run1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 363: Scaling Of Speed And Torque Values

    Description C00057 Maximum torque Reference variable for torque-related signals C01353/2 ACDrive: Torque scaling In the Lenze setting "0", no scaling takes place (2 = 1) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 364: Ac Drive Profile Diagnostic Parameters

    L_NSet_1: Acceleration time - add. setpoint 0.000 s C00221 L_NSet_1: Deceleration time - add. setpoint 0.000 s C00222 L_PCTRL_1: Vp C00223 L_PCTRL_1: Tn 400 ms C00224 L_PCTRL_1: Kd Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 365 L_MPot_1: Inactive fct. 0: Retain value C00805 L_MPot_1: Init fct. 0: Load last value C00806 Use of motor potentiometer 0: No Related topics: "GeneralPurpose" functions ( 398) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 366: Configuration Parameters

     Torque mode: nAuxSetValue_a input is internally connected to nTorqueGenLim_a; speed setpoint = 100 % (fixed) [7-7] Pre-assignment of the "Actuating drive speed" (AC Drive Profile) application in the "Terminals 0" control mode Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 367  Torque mode: nAuxSetValue_a input is internally connected to nTorqueGenLim_a; speed setpoint = 100 % (fixed) [7-8] Pre-assignment of the "Actuating drive speed" (AC Drive Profile) application in the "CAN " control mode Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 368  Torque mode: nAuxSetValue_a input is internally connected to nTorqueGenLim_a; speed setpoint = 100 % (fixed) [7-9] Pre-assignment of the "Actuating drive speed" (AC Drive Profile) application in the "MCI" control mode Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 369 1010 C00411/2 C00412 - Bit 1 bGPSignalOut2 1011 C00411/3 C00412 - Bit 2 bGPSignalOut3 1012 C00411/4 C00412 - Bit 3 bGPSignalOut4 1013 [7-10] "GeneralPurpose" functions Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 370 C700/27 1024 wFreeIn3 wFreeOut3 C700/28 1025 wFreeIn4 wFreeOut4 C700/29 1026 [7-12] Free inputs/outputs Related topics: User-defined terminal assignment ( 302) "GeneralPurpose" functions ( 398) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 371: Ta "Switch-Off Positioning

    (fixed setpoint 2) in a controlled way. When the limit switch is reached, the drive is brought to a standstill led by the deceleration ramp or the QSP ramp. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 372 • If necessary, additional functions like manual jog or homing must be realised externally, e.g. via a control. • As the 8400 StateLine inverter does not meet safety-related functions except STO (Safe Torque Off), you must observe that all safety-related aspects are realised by the plant instructor.

  • Page 373: Basic Signal Flow

     Selection of edge/level for tripping the ramp down and stop functions (L_JogCtrlExtension_1) Holding brake control   Integrated disposable "GeneralPurpose" functions: Analog switch, arithmetic, multiplication/division, binary delay element, binary logic, analog comparison, D-flipflop Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 374: Internal Interfaces | Application Block "La_Switchpos

    • The quick stop is deactivated if no other source for the quick stop is active. • C00159 displays a bit code of active sources/causes for the quick stop. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 375 Additional offset for the electrical angle of rotation • If a torque is connected, e.g. dynamic acceleration processes can be generated. • Scaling: ±32767 ≡ ±180 ° angle of rotation Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 376 • The additional speed setpoint can be shown via ramp times of a second ramp function generator. • For a detailed functional description see the L_NSet Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 377 (supervisor operation). If a controller inhibit has been set by the brake control, it will be deactivated. • In semi-automatic operation, the brake is released including feedforward control. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 378 Display of the status determining error (LOW word) WORD wStateDetermFailNoHigh Display of the status determining error (HIGH word) WORD Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 379 • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % M (C00057) nDCVoltage_a Current DC-bus voltage • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 1000 V nMotorVoltage_a Current motor voltage/inverter output voltage • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 1000 V Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 380 ... bFreeOut8 Free outputs for digital signals BOOL wFreeOut1 ... wFreeOut4 Free outputs for 16-bit signals WORD dnFreeOut1_p Free outputs for 32-bit signals dnFreeOut2_p WORD Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 381: Truth Table For Activating The Pre-Switch Off

    • If the stop function is activated via the bJogCtrlStop3 are evaluated. selected bJogCtrlStop input, the setpoint generator is deactivated. [7-1] Truth table for activating the pre-switch off Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 382: Terminal Assignment Of The Control Modes

    7.4.3 Terminal assignment of the control modes The following comparison provides information about which inputs/outputs of the application block LA_SwitchPos are interconnected to the digital and analog input/output terminals of the inverter in the different control modes. Control mode (C00007) Terminals 0 Terminals 2 Terminals 11...

  • Page 383: Terminals 0

    X4/RFR X3/A1U LA_SwitchPos.nMainSetValue_a * X4/DI1 LA_SwitchPos.bJogCtrlJog1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 LA_SwitchPos.bJogCtrlJog2 X3/O1U X4/DI3 LA_SwitchPos.bFailReset * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 LA_SwitchPos.bSetSpeedCcw X4/DO1 LA_SwitchPos.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 384: Terminals 2

    X4/DI2 LA_SwitchPos: bJogCtrlStop2 X3/O1U X4/DI3 LA_SwitchPos: bRLQCw * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) LA_SwitchPos: bJogCtrlInputSel1 X4/DI4 LA_SwitchPos: bRLQCcw X4/DO1 LA_SwitchPos.bDriveReady LA_SwitchPos: bJogCtrlInputSel2 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 385: Terminals 11

    X4/DI2 LA_SwitchPos: bJogCtrlSlowDown1 X3/O1U X4/DI3 LA_SwitchPos: bRLQCw * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) LA_SwitchPos: bJogCtrlInputSel1 X4/DI4 LA_SwitchPos: bRLQCcw X4/DO1 LA_SwitchPos.bDriveReady LA_SwitchPos: bJogCtrlInputSel2 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 386: Terminal 16

    X4/DI1 LA_SwitchPos: bJogCtrlJog1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 LA_SwitchPos: bJogCtrlJog2 X3/O1U X4/DI3 LA_SwitchPos: bRLQCw * 10 V ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011) X4/DI4 LA_SwitchPos: bRLQCcw X4/DO1 LA_SwitchPos.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 387: Keypad

    24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Connection Assignment Connection Assignment X101/NC-NO LA_SwitchPos.bDriveFail X4/RFR LA_SwitchPos.bFailReset X3/A1U X4/DI1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 X3/O1U X4/DI3 X4/DI4 X4/DO1 LA_SwitchPos.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 388 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Connection Assignment Connection Assignment X101/NC-NO LA_SwitchPos.bDriveFail X4/RFR LA_SwitchPos.bFailReset X3/A1U X4/DI1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 X3/O1U X4/DI3 X4/DI4 X4/DO1 LA_SwitchPos.bDriveReady Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 389 You must set the setpoint arithmetic in C00190 to "1: NOut = NSet + NAdd" so that the additional speed setpoint selected via the analog input A1U has an additive effect. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 390 You must set the setpoint arithmetic in C00190 to "1: NOut = NSet + NAdd" so that the additional speed setpoint selected via the analog input A1U has an additive effect. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 391: Process Data Assignment For Fieldbus Communication

    Ramping down of the setpoint generator in the downstream L_NSet FB according to the Truth table for activating the pre-switch off Bit 9 reserved_1 Reserved (currently not assigned) Bit 10 reserved_2 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 392 Device state machine and device states (see table [4-1]) Bit 9 StatusCodeBit1 Bit 10 StatusCodeBit2 Bit 11 StatusCodeBit3 Bit 12 Warning 1 ≡ a warning is indicated Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 393: Setting Parameters (Short Overview)

    L_NSet_1: Blocking speed 2 min 0.00 % C00633/3 L_NSet_1: Blocking speed 3 min 0.00 % C00635 L_NSet_1: nMaxLimit 199.99 % C00636 L_NSet_1: nMinLimit -199.99 % C00670 L_OffsetGainP_1: Gain 1.0000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 394 MCK: Pos. min. speed 0.00 % C02611/3 MCK: Neg. min. speed 0.00 % C02611/4 MCK: Neg. max. speed 199.99 % Related topics: "GeneralPurpose" functions ( 398) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 395: Configuration Parameters

    1204 bImpIsActive bImpIsActive 1205 bSpeedCcw bCwCcw 1207 bSpeedActCompare bNactCompare 1208 [7-14] Pre-assignment of the "Switch-off positioning" application in the "Terminals 0" control mode Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 396 1219 C00411/2 C00412 - Bit 1 bGPSignalOut2 1220 C00411/3 C00412 - Bit 2 bGPSignalOut3 1221 C00411/4 C00412 - Bit 3 bGPSignalOut4 1222 [7-15] "GeneralPurpose" functions Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 397 1223 wFreeIn4 wFreeOut4 C760/25 1224 dnFreeIn1_p dnFreeOut1_p 1205 dnFreeIn2_p dnFreeOut2_p 1206 [7-17] Free inputs/outputs Related topics: User-defined terminal assignment ( 302) "GeneralPurpose" functions ( 398) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 398: Generalpurpose" Functions

    This function switches between two analog input signals. The switch-over is controlled by a boolean input signal. C00830/14 nGPAnalogSwitchIn1_a nGPAnalogSwitchOut_a C00830/15 nGPAnalogSwitchIn2_a C00833/13 bGPAnalogSwitchSet [7-18] GeneralPurpose function "Analog switch" • For a detailed functional description see FB L_AnalogSwitch. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 399: Arithmetic

    [7-20] GeneralPurpose function "Multiplication/division" Parameters Info Lenze setting Value Unit C00699/1 L_MulDiv_1: Numerator C00699/2 L_MulDiv_1: Denominator 10000 • For a detailed functional description see FB L_MulDiv. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 400: Binary Delay Element

    C00820 L_DigitalLogic_1: Function 0: bOut = 0 C00821/1 bIn1=0/bIn2=0/bIn3=0 0: FALSE C00821/... C00821/8 bIn1=1/bIn2=1/bIn3=1 0: FALSE • For a detailed functional description see FB L_DigitalLogic. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 401: Analog Comparison

    Value Unit C00411/1...4 L_SignalMonitor_b: Signal 1 ... 4 0: Not connected C00412 L_SignalMonitor_b: Inversion Bit coded • For a detailed functional description see FB L_SignalMonitor_b. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 402: Analog Signal Monitor

    C00833/4 bGPDFlipFlop_InD bGPDFlipFlopOut C00833/5 bGPDFlipFlop_InClk C00833/6 bGPDFlipFlop_InClr bGPDFlipFlop_NegOut [7-26] GeneralPurpose function "D-FlipFlop" (clock-edge controlled) • For a detailed functional description see FB L_DFlipFlop. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 403: Basic Drive Functions (Mck)

    In this chapter, the standard and basic drive functions integrated in the Motion Control Kernel (MCK) of the 8400 StateLine are described to which the active technology application can gain access via defined internal interfaces. As a result, the time-consuming creation of individual FB interconnections is avoided and the amount of work and complexity involved in the implementation of standard functions is minimised.

  • Page 404: Basic Signal Flow

    These are visible in the FB Editor for monitoring purposes and must be connected to each other: [8-1] Interconnection of Motion Control Kernel and motor control function Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 405: Internal Interfaces | System Block "Ls_Motioncontrolkernel

    • Value is adopted in the case of a FALSE-TRUE edge at the input bSpeedCtrlIOn. nSpeedSetValue_a Rotation speed/velocity setpoint bTorquemodeOn TRUE Switch on torque-controlled operation BOOL nTorqueSetValue_a Torque setpoint Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 406 (supervisor operation). If a controller inhibit has been set by the brake control, it will be deactivated. • In semi-automatic operation, the brake is released including feedforward control. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 407 Input for status detection via switching contacts at the brake BOOL (from version 11.00.00) • Only effective if bit 5 in C02582 is set to "1". FALSE Brake is released. TRUE Brake is applied. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 408 Status signal and actual-value signals from Motion Control Kernel functions nSpeedSet_v Outputs of 8400 StateLine have no function! dnPosTarget_p dnPosSet_p dnPosSetRelative_p wActProfileNo wFollowProfileNo bBusy bDone bHomingDone bHomePosAvailable Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 409 FALSE even if the brake closing time has not yet elapsed! Holding brake control TRUE Brake released (after the brake release time has expired). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 410: Mck Status Word

    MCK status word 2 (wMotionState2) Designation Description 16 DwellTime For 8400 StateLine no function (always "0")! 17 InTarget 18 PosDone 19 Reserved ActPosMode_Bit00 ActPosMode_Bit03 ActProfileNo_Bit00 ActProfileNo_Bit07 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 411: Mck State Machine

    "0" is transferred to the speed setpoint instead of the current speed. In the Lenze setting "0.5 %", the sensitivity threshold corresponds to approx. 7.5 rpm at a reference speed of 1500 rpm set in C00011.

  • Page 412: Status Bit "Breadytooperate

     Speed follower: Synchronisation active  Position follower: Synchronisation active BA 0 ... 5: Operating mode 0 ... 5 [8-3] Creation of the status bit bReadyToOperate Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 413: Interface To Safety System

    • In the "Speed follower" operating mode, direct synchronisation with the target speed takes place with the ramp time set in C02610/2. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 414: Speed Follower

    • Open the Min/max speed dialog box by opening the Application Parameters tab and clicking on the following button on the dialog level Overview  Signal flow: Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 415: Setpoint Selection

    C02610/2 Sync C02611/3 C02611/4  Setpoint range  Synchronisation range [8-5] Example: Speed setpoint generation in the "Speed follower" operating mode (with nSpeedAddValue_v = 0) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 416: Holding Brake Control

    Examples: • Loss of the reference information after mains OFF and further spinning of the drive. • Collision with other moving machine parts. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 417: Internal Interfaces

    • For speed control: 100 % ≡ reference speed (C00011) • For torque control: 100 % ≡ maximum torque (C00057) Feedforward control of the motor before release Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 418 Both times must also be considered for parameterising the closing and opening time of the holding brake Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 419: Parameter Setting

    C02581/4 Holding brake: FF control starting value 1 C02581/5 Holding brake: FF control starting value 2 C02582 Holding brake: Setting Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 420: Operating Mode

    • The bMBrakeReleased status signal is set to FALSE.  Note! In the Lenze setting, the mode 0 is preset to get into a safe state after the mains is switched on. Mode 11: Manual control In this mode, brake release and brake application can be directly controlled via the bMBrakeRelease input without special logic or automatic.
  • Page 421 • the brake in this mode also closes when the controller is inhibited in order to prevent the axis in a hoist from falling. Related topics: TroubleQSP ( 96) Behaviour in case of pulse inhibit ( 431) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 422: Functional Settings

    • "0" ≡ As before, the ramp time set in C02610/1 is used. Note: The changeover can be dynamically both via the ramp parameter and via bit 6. Bit 7 Reserved Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 423: Switching Thresholds

    Related topics: Process when brake is released ( 428) Process when brake is closed ( 429) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 424: Application And Release Time

    • Contact elements used (brake module or contactor at the digital output) • Type of overvoltage limitation/suppressor circuit For optimisation purposes, detect in individual cases the response times by measurement. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 425 Oscillogram 2: Current characteristic for the release of a mechanical holding brake (release time: 36.8 ms) Related topics: Process when brake is released ( 428) Process when brake is closed ( 429) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 426: Ramp Time For Approaching The Setpoint Speed

    • Mechanical delay of the holding brake itself • Generation of the holding torque by the motor Related topics: Process when brake is released ( 428) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 427: Motor Magnetising Time (Only With Asynchronous Motor)

    In the Lenze setting, the actual speed time monitoring is deactivated (C02593/1 = "0 s"), i.e. the brake will only be applied when the actual speed has reached the lower switching threshold. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 428: Process When Brake Is Released

     C02610/1: Ramp time for approaching the setpoint speed [8-10] Release holding brake in automatic mode via speed threshold Related topics: Feedforward control of the motor before release ( 432) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 429: Process When Brake Is Closed

     C02581/3: Hysteresis for application  C02593/2: Application delay  C02589/1: Application time [8-11] Close holding brake in automatic mode via speed threshold (actual value = setpoint) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 430  C02593/1: Actual value monitoring time  C02589/1: Application time [8-12] Close holding brake in automatic mode with actual value monitoring time (C02593/1 > 0 s) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 431: Behaviour In Case Of Pulse Inhibit

    In case of vertical motion (bit 3 = 0), this function is not active due to safety-related reasons. Related topics: Functional settings ( 422) Switching thresholds ( 423) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 432: Feedforward Control Of The Motor Before Release

    If such scenarios are not excluded in applications, you should not use the automatic storage of the holding torque. • Alternatively use the manual selection (C02582: bit 4 = 1). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 433 • bMBrakeStartValue2 = TRUE: The feedforward control value set in C02581/5 is used. Related topics: Functional settings ( 422) Switching thresholds ( 423) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 434: Diagnostics & Error Management

    For many device errors, the error type and hence the response of the inverter to the error can be parameterised. Setting the error response ( 453) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 435: Led Status Displays

    ( 436) DRV-ERR Warning/trouble/fault Related topics: Device control (DCTRL) ( 76) Device state machine and device states ( 88) System bus "CAN on board" ( 508) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 436: Led Status Displays Of The Device Status

    LED is flashing twice approx. every 1.25 seconds (double flash) LED is blinking every second LED is permanently on Related topics: Device state machine and device states ( 88) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 437: Drive Diagnostics With The "Engineer

    • Cause of quick stop (C00159) • Status word (C00150) • Status word 2 (C00155) Device information... Display identification data, e.g. firmware information or serial number of individual inverter components. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 438 System bus "CAN on board" ( 508) • X6 diagnostic interface We recommend this diagnostic connection when the X1 CAN interface is used for process communication. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 439: Display Details Of The Error

    Related topics: Structure of the 32-bit error number (bit coding) ( 459) Structure of the 16 bit error number (bit coding) ( 462) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 440: Drive Diagnostics Via Keypad/Bus System

    The power outputs are inhibited.  Fault Fault ( 98)  Trouble Trouble ( 97)  TroubleQSP TroubleQSP ( 96)  Warning is active  Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 441 Switching cycles mains switching C00177/2 Switching cycles output relay C00177/3 Stress counter - short circuit C00177/4 Stress counter - earth fault C00177/5 Stress meter clamp Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 442 Firmware of the control card and the power section C00203/1...9 Product type code of the individual device components C00204/1...9 Serial numbers of the individual device components Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 443: Logbook

    This ensures that the error history of the device does not get lost. For this reason it is very important to act with caution when deleting the logbook entries. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 444: Filtering Logbook Entries

    Lenze setting. Instead, one counter will be counted up for this error. • The time of the error is always the time of its first occurrence. Hence, a new logbook line will only be generated if a new error occurs.
  • Page 445 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ • The analog signal to be recorded is selected in C00164/1. • Scaling of the value recorded: 16384 ≡ 100 % Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 446: Reading Out Logbook Entries

    OnlineGo online command to build up an online connection with the inverter. 3. Select the Diagnostics tab from the Workspace. 4. Click Logbook. Example: Representation of the logbook in the »Engineer« V2.13 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 447: Exporting Logbook Entries To A File

    • Hidden logbook entries are not exported, i.e. the filter criteria specified are accounted for during the export. • The logbook entries are written to the file in the form of a semicolon separated list. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 448: Storing The Logbook In The Project

    • When the project is closed, you are asked to save the changed project. • Only if the changed project is saved, the new logbook entries stored in the project remain stored. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 449: Reading Out The Logbook From An External Control/Visualisation

    (scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 %) DWORD 6 Source - digital value Reserved Digital value 1 Reserved DWORD 7 Source - digital value Reserved Digital value 2 Reserved Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 450 • The "Response index" query ensures that the logbook entry read really corresponds to the logbook entry requested. Related topics: Structure of the 32-bit error number (bit coding) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 451: Monitoring

    Motor phase failure monitoring ( 256) Mains phase failure monitoring ( 259) Maximum current monitoring ( 259) Maximum torque monitoring ( 261) Encoder open-circuit monitoring ( 262) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 452: Monitoring Configuration

    • The 8400 monitoring configuration dialog box is displayed via which the desired settings can be made: Related topics: Setting the error response ( 453) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 453: Setting The Error Response

    • The corresponding preset threshold values can be changed via the following parameters: Parameters Info C00120 Setting of motor overload (I²xt) C00123 Device utilisat. threshold (Ixt) C00572 Brake resistor overload threshold C00599 Motor phase failure threshold Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 454: Autofailreset Function

    • 2: WarningLocked • 3: All locking C00189 Response after max. number of unsuccessful error reset processes has been reached Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 455: Maloperation Of The Drive

    C00089: Rated motor frequency C00090: Rated motor voltage C00091: Motor cosine phi C00092: Motor magnetising inductance Motor windings are wired incorrectly Reverse from star connection to delta connection Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 456 V/f reference point is set too high Correct setting with C00015 being operated in the field weakening Override point of field weakening is set too Correct setting with C00080 range Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 457 Motor phase (LP1) Monitoring is not active (C00597 = 0) Activate monitoring (C00597 = 1) monitoring does not respond if the motor phases are interrupted Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 458: Operation Without Mains Supply

    C00054 Motor current C00058 Output frequency C00061 Heatsink temperature C00064/1...3 Device utilisation (Ixt) C00066 Thermal motor load (I²xt) C00177 Switching cycles C00725 Current switching frequency Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 459: Error Messages Of The Operating System

    • For the sake of legibility, the error number in the logbook and in C00165 is displayed with the following syntax: [Error type].[Error subject area no.].[Error ID] Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 460 Errors generated by the user (by the application) via the LS_SetError_1 system block. User error 4 Error ID 16-bit value (0 ... 65535) for error identification within the error subject area. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 461 • Thus, error number "142278671" means: A DC bus undervoltage has been detected in the "Motor management / encoder" subject area. The error response is a "Fault". Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 462: Structure Of The 16 Bit Error Number (Bit Coding)

    Errors that are reported by the extension module, and Yes if it is a fieldbus error. communication errors to the plugged-in extension module. CAN integrated (general) Errors related to general CAN functions. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 463: Reset Error Message

    When an online connection to the inverter has been established, use the Diagnostics tab of »Engineer« and click Reset error to reset a pending error message. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 464: Export Error Texts

     How to export the error texts into a text file: 1. Go to the Project view in the Context menu of the 8400 StateLine inverter and execute the Export error texts... command. 2. Define the following options in the Export error texts dialog box: •...

  • Page 465: Short Overview (A-Z)

    C00566 0x5000 xx.0400.00016 0x1a68 6760 26214504 dH68: Adjustment data error CU Fault 0x5500 xx.0400.00104 0x1a69 6761 26214505 dH69: Adjustment data error BU Fault 0x5500 xx.0400.00105 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 466 xx.0123.00210 0x0b02 2818 7274498 Su02: One mains phase is missing Warning C00565 0x3000 xx.0111.00002 0x0b03 2819 7274499 Su03: Too frequent mains switching Fault 0x3000 xx.0111.00003 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 467 + C161/4* User error 4 No Reaction C00581/4 0x6200 xx.0983.00004 * Only the lower 8 bits of the adjustable error ID (C161/x) can be used. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 468: Cause & Possible Remedies

    8400, the DC terminals of which are connected downstream to the charging connection for the voltage DC bus (e.g. 9400 from 45 kW with 8400) contact Lenze. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 469 • If required, clean or replace the fan. • Provide for sufficient cooling of the device. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 470 Check and, if required, correct dimensioning of the load triggered. with regard to the installed device power. • The instantaneous value of the motor current has exceeded the limit value set in C00939. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 471 (Imax controller) is set incorrectly, this error message may also occur. Motor control: Defining current limits Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 472 The device has recognised that the maximum speed has • Limit setpoint selection to maximum values. been reached. • Adjust set speed limitation (C00909) and frequency limitation (C00910). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 473 Enter sensible values for cable cross-section and motor the calculation of the motor cable resistance. cable length. • The parameters for cable cross-section and cable length are implausible. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 474 The device indicates that the "CLAMP" overcurrent Reduce setpoint generation dynamics or motor load. limitation has been activated. • A permanent clamp operation causes an overload disconnection. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 475 Select the correct maximum speed as a function of the reached. switching frequency. • The maximum speed has been exceeded depending Motor control: Determine speed limits on the switching frequency. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 476 "0: No Reaction". • Observe load requirements. • Correct dimensioning if necessary. • For VFCplus control type: Check Vmin boost (C00016). Set Vmin boost Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 477 • Only if the analog input has been configured as a current loop of 4 ... 20 mA (C00034/1 = 2). • Check minimum current values of the signal sources. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 478 • Eliminate electrical interference (e.g. EMC). • The current number of incorrectly received CAN telegrams is displayed in C00372/2. • The current CAN error status is displayed in C00345. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 479 • RPDO2 has not been received within the monitoring • Eliminate electrical interference (e.g. EMC). time set in C00357/2 or was faulty. • Adjust monitoring time C00357/2 or switch off time monitoring. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 480 • If a memory module has been provided: Check if the memory module has been plugged-in correctly. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 481 • An incompatibility of the parameter set is caused e.g. • Not OK: Profibus V1.0 to EtherCAT V1.0 when the MCI module parameters in the memory module do not match the plugged communication module. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 482 Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)  0: No Reaction  1: Fault  2: Trouble  3: TroubleQuickStop  4: WarningLocked  5: Warning  6: Information Cause Remedy Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 483 Time-out of the application. The required computing Reduction of the function block interconnection or the time of the application exceeds the available computing complexity of the application. time. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 484  0: No Reaction  1: Fault  2: Trouble  3: TroubleQuickStop  4: WarningLocked  5: Warning  6: Information Cause Remedy Device error Mains switching • Please contact Lenze if the problem occurs again. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 485  0: No Reaction  1: Fault  2: Trouble  3: TroubleQuickStop  4: WarningLocked  5: Warning  6: Information Cause Remedy Device error Please contact Lenze. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 486  0: No Reaction  1: Fault  2: Trouble  3: TroubleQuickStop  4: WarningLocked  5: Warning  6: Information Cause Remedy User error 4 has been tripped via the bSetError4 input of User-defined. LS_SetError_1 system block. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 487: Ls_Seterror_1" System Block

    65535 Error ID for user errors 1 ... 4 C00581/1...4 Response to user errors 1 ... 4 0 No Reaction 1 Fault 2 Trouble 3 TroubleQuickStop 4 WarningLocked 5 Warning 6 Information Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 488: Oscilloscope Function

    • Linking channel values with arithmetic operations (addition, subtraction and multiplication) • Simple signal analysis by frequency transformation of time signals with FFT ("Fast Fourier Transformation"). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 489: Technical Data

    _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Functional description When an online connection to the 8400 StateLine has been established, use the oscilloscope user interface of the engineering tool to set the trigger condition and the sample rate and select the signal sources to be recorded.

  • Page 490: Operation

     Note! Recording can only be started when an online connection has been established to the 8400 StateLine. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 491: User Interface

    Selecting the signal sources to be recorded  Status bar  Input field for comments Last settings   Settings Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 492 Loading the oscillogram file ( 505) Upload recorded oscillogram from device • Transfer values from the measured value memory of the 8400 StateLine to the Engineering PC. • Only possible when an online connection has been established to the 8400 StateLine.

  • Page 493: Selecting The Signal Sources To Be Recorded

    • The position value determines the vertical position of the zero point of the y axis of a curve with regard to the vertical curve scale (- 5 ... + 5). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 494: Selecting The Recording Time/Sample Rate

    1. Select the desired time base from the time base list field. • The current time base setting multiplied by ten results in the recording time. • Since the measured value memory of the 8400 StateLine has a limited capacity, usually a compromise is made between sample rate and recording time.

  • Page 495: Defining The Trigger Condition

    _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 10.2.4 Defining the trigger condition The trigger condition serves to define the starting time of recording in the 8400 StateLine. The oscilloscope provides various trigger conditions by means of which recording of the measured values can be controlled.
  • Page 496 For triggering on a different signal source: • The current value must be different than the last value in order that the trigger is activated. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 497: Starting Recording

    To obtain a maximum sample rate when recording the signal source values, the data are first stored in the measured value memory of the 8400 StateLine and then transferred to the Engineering PC. The current recording status is displayed in the status bar.
  • Page 498 4. Go to the oscilloscope toolbar and click the arrow next to the symbol to set all the displayed curves to the Y position "0". This way, the curves are displayed "above one another". Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 499: Cursor Function: Reading Individual Measured Values

    • The status bar displays the position of both measuring lines and the difference between them. 2. Select the channel for which individual measured values are to be indicated from the Channel list field. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 500 • Comparing peak values: Several values displayed in the oscillogram can be compared by means of a horizontal measuring line. This measuring line is automatically generated based on the current cursor position and thus cannot be moved separately. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 501: Automatic Recording Directly After Mains Connection

    The next time the device is connected to the mains, the oscilloscope integrated in the device will start automatically and begins measurement upon detecting the trigger event. The recorded oscillogram is loaded from the device and displayed on the Oscilloscope tab. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 502: Last Settings

    _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 10.2.10 Last settings All information included in the Last settings tab refer to the oscillogram loaded into the device: The contents cannot be changed. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 503: Managing Oscillograms

    The Comment text field serves to enter a comment on the selected oscillogram. • If you execute the Saving the oscillogram in a file command, the comment is saved together with the oscillogram in the file. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 504: Saving The Oscillogram In A File

    • A new window opens in which the directory and the file name for the oscillogram to be saved have to the specified. 3. Click the Save button. • The dialog box is closed and the current oscillogram is saved. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 505: Loading The Oscillogram File

    • If the configuration to be loaded contains signal sources that are no longer available in the device, these variables are automatically removed from the configuration. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 506: Overlay Function

    • Removing signal sources from the device oscillogram causes the characteristics in the MERGE oscillogram to be deleted. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 507: Deleting An Oscillogram File Saved In The Project

    2. Select one or several oscillogram files from the upper list field. 3. Press the Delete selected file... button. • The selected file(s) is/are deleted and the dialog box is closed. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 508: System Bus "Can On Board

    CANopen interface classified in different subcategories. • Information on CAN communication modules and CANopen interfaces of other Lenze devices is provided in the "CAN" communication manual in the Lenze library. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 509: General Information

    CANopen provides only one active parameter channel. The system bus (CANopen) of the Inverter Drives 8400 is a further development of the system bus (CAN) including the following properties: •...

  • Page 510: Supported Protocols

    Transmitting and receiving a sync telegram • Synchronisation of the internal time base to the reception of the CAN sync telegram is possible.Synchronisation of the internal time base Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 511: Communication Time

    • Parameter data: approx. 5 ms (typical value) • For parameters concerning the motor control (e.g. C00011), the processing time may be longer (up to 30 ms). • Process data: 1 ms Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 512: Possible Settings Via Dip Switch

    The system bus must be terminated between CAN low and CAN high at the first and last physical node each by a resistor (120 Ω). The 8400 inverter is provided with an integrated bus terminating resistor, which can be activated via the unlabelled DIP switch.

  • Page 513: Setting The Baud Rate

    • All DIP switches (a ... d, 1 ... 64) = OFF (Lenze setting): • At switching on, the settings under code C00350 (node address) and C00351 (baud rate) will become active. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 514: Led Status Displays For The System Bus

    (CAN-ERR is blinking twice, then off for 1 second) Sync Message Error (only possible in the "Operational" state) (CAN-ERR is blinking three times, then off for 1 second) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 515: Going Online Via The System Bus

    = "1: On / start" device command reinitialises the CANopen interface of the inverter ("Reset node"), which is required after e.g. changing the data transfer rate, the node address or the identifiers, respectively. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 516: Structure Of The Can Data Telegram

    Exception: The identifier for process data/heartbeat/emergency objects as well as network management and sync telegrams is freely assigned by the user (either manually or automatically by the network configurator), or is permanently assigned. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 517 • The basic identifiers for network management (NMT) and the basic SDO channel (SDO1) are defined in the CANopen protocol and cannot be changed. • The basic identifiers of the PDOs are preset in the Lenze setting according to the "Predefined Connection Set" of DS301 V4.02.

  • Page 518: User Data

    • Parameter data are, for instance, operating parameters, diagnostic information and motor data as well as control information on the interconnection of function blocks in the I/O level of the FB Editor. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 519: Communication Phases/Network Management

    Part of the initialisation or the entire initialisation can be carried out anew in every status by transferring the corresponding network management telegrams. The current CAN status is displayed in C00359 for diagnostic purposes. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 520: Status Transitions

    • A target address included in the NMT command defines the receiver(s). • If the 8400 inverter is configured as CAN master, the status is automatically changed to "Operational" after a waiting time has expired (C00356/1), and the 0x0100 ("Start remote node") NMT command is transmitted to all nodes.

  • Page 521: Network Management Telegram (Nmt)

    "Operational" communication status, the identifier and user data in the transmission telegram must be set as follows: • Identifier: 0x00 (network management) • User data: 0x0100 ("Start remote node" NMT command to all nodes) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 522: Parameterising The Inverter As Can Master

    "Reset node" NMT telegram for the reinitialisation of the CAN-specific device parameters.  Tip! Master functionality is only required during the initialisation phase of the drive system. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 523: Process Data Transfer

    • Transmit PDOs (TPDOx): Process data object sent by a node  Note! Data can only be exchanged via process data objects if the status is "Operational"! Communication phases/network management ( 519) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 524: Available Process Data Objects

    _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 11.8.1 Available process data objects The number of available process data objects for inverters of the 8400 series depends on the device version: Process data object...

  • Page 525: Rpdo1 | Port Block "Lp_Canin1

    LP_CanIn1: Mapping selection CanIn C00409/1 LP_CanIn1: wCtrl MapVal C00409/2 LP_CanIn1: wIn2 MapVal C00409/3 LP_CanIn1: wIn3 MapVal C00409/4 LP_CanIn1: wIn4 MapVal Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 526 • From version 12.00.00 • The mapping for the double word is ORed with the mapping setting in C00409/3 C00409/4. Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 527: Rpdo2 | "Lp_Canin2" Port Block

    LP_CanIn2: Mapping selection CanIn C00409/5 LP_CanIn2: wIn1 MapVal C00409/6 LP_CanIn2: wIn2 MapVal C00409/7 LP_CanIn2: wIn3 MapVal C00409/8 LP_CanIn2: wIn4 MapVal Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 528 • From version 12.00.00 • The mapping for the double word is ORed with the mapping setting in C00409/7 C00409/8. Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 529: Rpdo3 | "Lp_Canin3" Port Block

    LP_CanIn3: Mapping selection CanIn C00409/9 LP_CanIn3: wIn1 MapVal C00409/10 LP_CanIn3: wIn2 MapVal C00409/11 LP_CanIn3: wIn3 MapVal C00409/12 LP_CanIn3: wIn4 MapVal Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 530 • From version 12.00.00 • The mapping for the double word is ORed with the mapping setting in C00409/11 C00409/12. Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 531: Rpdo4 | "Lp_Canin4" Port Block

    LP_CanIn4: Mapping Selection CanIn C00409/13 LP_CanIn4: wIn1 MapVal C00409/14 LP_CanIn4: wIn2 MapVal C00409/15 LP_CanIn4: wIn3 MapVal C00409/16 LP_CanIn4: wIn4 MapVal Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 532 C00407/8 LP_CanIn4: dwIn34 MapVal • The mapping for the double word is ORed with the mapping setting in C00409/15 C00409/16. Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 533: Tpdo1 | "Lp_Canout1" Port Block

    Short overview of the parameters for LP_CanOut1: Parameters Info Lenze setting C00401/2 LP_CanOut1: Inversion bState_B0..15 0x0000 C00868/1 LP_CanOut1:wState C00868/2 LP_CanOut1:wOut2 C00868/3 LP_CanOut1:wOut3 C00868/4 LP_CanOut1: wOut4 Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 534: Tpdo2 | "Lp_Canout2" Port Block

    Info Lenze setting C00401/4 LP_CanOut2: Inversion bOut1_B0..15 0x0000 C00868/5 LP_CanOut2: wOut1 C00868/6 LP_CanOut2: wOut2 C00868/7 LP_CanOut2: wOut3 C00868/8 LP_CanOut2: wOut4 Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 535: Tpdo3 | "Lp_Canout3" Port Block

    Info Lenze setting C00401/6 LP_CanOut3: Inversion bOut1_B0..15 0x0000 C00868/9 LP_CanOut3: wOut1 C00868/10 LP_CanOut3: wOut2 C00868/11 LP_CanOut3: wOut3 C00868/12 LP_CanOut3: wOut4 Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 536: Tpdo4 | "Lp_Canout4" Port Block

    Info Lenze setting C00401/8 LP_CanOut4: Inversion bOut1_B0..15 0x0000 C00868/13 LP_CanOut4: wOut1 C00868/14 LP_CanOut4: wOut2 C00868/15 LP_CanOut4: wOut3 C00868/16 LP_CanOut4: wOut4 Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 537: Identifiers Of The Process Data Objects

    • Identifier (COB-ID) = C0354/x Lenze setting: Basic identifiers according to the "Predefined Connection Set" of DS301 V4.02 In the Lenze setting, the identifiers for the process data objects PDO1 ... PDO4 consist of the node address set in C00350 and a basic identifier (CANBaseID) which corresponds to the "Predefined...
  • Page 538 After a node address change (C00350) and a CAN reset node afterwards, the subcodes of C00354 automatically resume the values which result from the respective basic identifier and the set node address. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 539: Transmission Type

    For a cyclic transmission, a cycle time must be entered for the respective PDO. In this case, cyclic transmission takes place in addition to event-controlled transmission. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 540 The communication parameters can also be set via the following CANopen objects: • I-1400 ... I-1403: Communication parameters for RPDO1 ... RPDO4 • I-1800 ... I-1803: Communication parameters for TPDO1 ... TPDO4 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 541: Synchronisation Of Pdos Via Sync Telegram

    CAN SYNC Tx identifier 0x0080  C00369 CAN sync transmission cycle time 0 ms  Related topics: Synchronisation of the internal time base ( 595) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 542: Monitoring Of The Rpdos For Data Reception

    Bit 9  Reserved Bit 10  Reserved Bit 11  Reserved Bit 12  Reserved Bit 13  Reserved Bit 14  Trouble Bit 15  Fault Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 543  Exception event (an error has occurred) [11-7] General signal flow in the event of a configured exception Related topics: Configuring exception handling of the output terminals ( 301) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 544: Parameter Data Transfer

    Lenze setting according to CANopen. • In order to activate both parameter data channels according to the previous behaviour, set "2 SDO Lenze" in C00366. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 545: Identifiers Of The Parameter Data Objects

    11.9.1 Identifiers of the parameter data objects In the Lenze setting, the basic identifiers of the SDOs are preset according to the "Predefined Connection Set". The identifiers of the parameter data objects SDO1 and SDO2 result from the basic identifier and...

  • Page 546: Command

    *Bit coding of the length: 00 = 4 bytes, 01 = 3 bytes, 10 = 2 bytes, 11 = 1 byte e: expedited (shortened block service) s: segmented (normal block service)  Tip! More commands are defined in CANopen specification DS301, V4.02 (e.g. segmented transfer). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 547: Addressing By Means Of Index And Subindex

    3rd byte 4. byte 5th byte 6. byte 7th byte 8th byte Command Index Subindex Data 1 Data 2 Data 3 Data 4 0xF4 0x5F 0x00 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 548: Data 1 ... Data 4

    Example A value of "123.45" is to be transmitted for a code, unit: "%" (e.g. C00039/1: "Fixed setpoint-JOG1"). In inverters of the 8400 series, parameters with the "%" unit have two decimal positions and hence a scaling factor of "100".

  • Page 549: Error Messages

    1st byte 2nd byte 3rd byte 4. byte 5th byte 6. byte 7th byte 8th byte Command Index Subindex Error code 0x41 0x00 0x04 0x06 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 550 Dynamic generation of object directory failed or no object directory available (e.g. object directory generated from file, generation not possible because of a file error). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 551: Parameter Data Telegram Examples

    = 0x4B = "Read Response" (response to the read request with current value) Index as in telegram to the drive Subindex Data 1 ... 2 = 0x002B = 43 [°C] Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 552: Write Parameters

    (1408 = SDO1 basic identifier from the inverter) Command = 0x60 = "Write response" (Acknowledgement of the write access from the inverter) Index as in telegram to the drive Subindex Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 553: Read Block Parameters

    = 0x41 = "Read response" (response is block telegram) Index as in telegram to the drive Subindex Data 1 ... 4 = 0x0000000B = data length of 11 characters in the ASCII format Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 554 • The 2nd response of the inverter in the command byte is "0b00011*0000" if bytes 2 ... 8 are completely filled with data and other telegrams are following. * Toggle bit Data 1 ... 7 = "01.00.0" (ASCII representation) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 555 • Bits 1 ... 3 reveal the number of bytes that do not contain any data anymore. * Toggle bit Data 1 ... 7 = "0.00" (ASCII representation) The result of the data block transmission is: "01.00.00.00" Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 556: Monitoring

    • EMC interferences on the system bus (e.g. since the CAN bus cable next to the motor cable is unshielded.) C00364 displays whether such an error is active. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 557: Heartbeat Protocol

    Decimal value Producer status (s) Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Boot-up Stopped Operational Pre-Operational Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 558: Parameter Setting

    • The NMT master receives an emergency telegram containing emergency error code 0x8130. • The response parameterised in C00592/5 is activated (Lenze setting: "No response"). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 559: Commissioning Example

    11.10.2.3 Commissioning example Task An 8400 inverter (node 2) which is configured as heartbeat consumer is to monitor another 8400 inverter (heartbeat producer, node 1). • The heartbeat producer is to transmit a heartbeat telegram to the heartbeat consumer every 10 ms.

  • Page 560: Emergency Telegram

    Generic error Error messages of the operating system Corresponding error-free message: Value "0x00000000"  Tip! A detalied description can be found in CAN specification DS301, V4.02. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 561: Canopen Objects Implemented

    COB-ID client −> server (rx) COB-ID server −> client (tx) I-1201 SDO2 server parameter Highest subindex supported COB-ID client −> server (rx) COB-ID server −> client (tx) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 562 Application object 1 ... 4 C00409/13...16 C00866/13...16 I-1800 TPDO1 communication parameter Highest subindex supported COB-ID used by TPDO C00355/2 Transmission type C00322/1 Inhibit time C00324/2 Event timer C00356/5 C00369 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 563 Application object 1 ... 4 C00868/9...12 I-1A03 TPDO4 mapping parameter (from version 15.00.00) Number of mapped application objects in PDO 1 ... 4 Application object 1 ... 4 C00868/13...16 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 564 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Error state No error Device error message Communication error Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 565 Collision of COB-IDs: An ID parameterised for reception is also used 0x11 for transmission. 0x8210 PDO length shorter than expected 0x11 0x8220 PDO length greater than expected 0x11 0x8700 Monitoring of the sync telegram 0x11 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 566 I-1006. Writing identifiers To receive PDOs, the value 0x80 must be entered in the 11-bit identifier in the Lenze setting (and according to CANopen specification) . This means that all modules are by default set to the same sync telegram.
  • Page 567 0 Emergency object is valid. 1 Emergency object is invalid.  Note! The identifier can only be changed in the "emergency object invalid" status (bit 31 = 1). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 568 Bit 31 ... bit 24 Bit 23 ... Bit 16 Bit 15 ... Bit 0 Node ID Heartbeat time (Reserved) in [ms] [11-4] Data frame assignment Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 569 Product code 84001 8400 BaseLine C 84002 8400 StateLine C 84003 8400 HighLine C 84004 8400 TopLine C Main and subversion of firmware Serial number Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 570 Extended identifier* 11-bit identifier * The extended identifier is not supported. Bit 11 ... bit 29 must be set to "0". [11-5] Data frame assignment Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 571 • The SDO server parameter is only valid, if bit 31 is set to "0" for both transmission directions (subindex 1 and 2). • In the Lenze setting, the SDO server channels 2 are deactivated (bit 31 = "1"). • The identifier can only be changed if the SDO is invalid (bit 31 = "1").
  • Page 572 Data 1 Data 2 Data 3 Data 4 0x23 0x01 0x12 0x02 0xC4 0x05 0x00 0x00 [11-10] User data assignment for writing to subindex 2 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 573 RTR to this PDO possible (cannot be set) RTR to this PDO not possible (Lenze) PDO active PDO not active [11-12] I-1400 ... I-1402, subindex 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 574 • For data telegram assignment and description of subindices 1 and 2, see object I-1400. How to change the identifier: 1. Deactivate identifier (set bit 31 to "1"). 2. Change identifier. 3. Activate identifier (set bit 31 to "0"). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 575 • For data telegram assignment and description of subindices 1 and 2, see object I-1400. How to change the identifier: 1. Deactivate identifier (set bit 31 to "1"). 2. Change identifier. 3. Activate identifier (set bit 31 to "0"). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 576 • For data telegram assignment and description of subindices 1 and 2, see object I-1400. How to change the identifier: 1. Deactivate identifier (set bit 31 to "1"). 2. Change identifier. 3. Activate identifier (set bit 31 to "0"). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 577 [11-14] Data frame assignment IEC 61131 process data words are mapped. Only whole bytes can be mapped (1-byte/mapping entry). Related topics: RPDO1 | Port block "LP_CanIn1" ( 525) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 578 • The 4th mapping entry is used for the statistic mapping. For this, there is no value available. • For assignment of the data telegram see object I-1600. Related topics: RPDO3 | "LP_CanIn3" port block ( 529) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 579 • The 4th mapping entry is used for the statistic mapping. For this, there is no value available. • For assignment of the data telegram see object I-1600. Related topics: RPDO4 | "LP_CanIn4" port block ( 531) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 580 1 PDO inactive How to change the identifier: 1. Deactivate identifier (set bit 31 to "1"). 2. Change identifier. 3. Activate identifier (set bit 31 to "0"). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 581 For cyclic operation (transmission type 254), the cycle time for sending the process data object on the system bus can be set under subindex 5: The entered value corresponds to the time in [ms]. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 582 • For data telegram assignment and description of subindices, see object I-1800. How to change the identifier: 1. Deactivate identifier (set bit 31 to "1"). 2. Change identifier. 3. Activate identifier (set bit 31 to "0"). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 583 • For data telegram assignment and description of subindices, see object I-1800. How to change the identifier: 1. Deactivate identifier (set bit 31 to "1"). 2. Change identifier. 3. Activate identifier (set bit 31 to "0"). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 584 • For data telegram assignment and description of subindices, see object I-1800. How to change the identifier: 1. Deactivate identifier (set bit 31 to "1"). 2. Change identifier. 3. Activate identifier (set bit 31 to "0"). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 585 • The 4th mapping entry is used for the statistic mapping. For this, there is no value available. • For assignment of the data telegram see object I-1A00. Related topics: TPDO2 | "LP_CanOut2" port block ( 534) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 586 • The 4th mapping entry is used for the statistic mapping. For this, there is no value available. • For assignment of the data telegram see object I-1A00. Related topics: TPDO4 | "LP_CanOut4" port block ( 536) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 587: Internal Interfaces | System Block "Ls_Canmanagement

    1 second. Hence, 1 second after the "Bus off" has occurred, the inverter will automatically be active again on the system bus ("Auto bus off recovery"). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 588: Fieldbus Interface (Mci)

    INTERBUS (E84AYCIB) PROFIBUS® (E84AYCPM) PROFINET® (E84AYCER)  Detailed information is provided in the communication manual (KHB) for the respective fieldbus and in the »Engineer« online help. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 589: Process Data Transfer

    These port blocks are also called process data channels. • The process data are not saved in the inverter. [12-1] External and internal data transfer between bus system, inverter and function block interconnection Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 590 • the signal mapping of the PDOs. • The process data objects (e.g. the meaning of the control word bits or the speed setpoint stipulated) are interpreted in the inverter. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 591: Control Mode "Mci

    The predefined assignment of the MCI-PDOs can be parameterised by means of PDO mapping and can be freely configured on the I/O level in the function block editor (FB editor). Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 592: Port Block "Lp_Mciin

    Info Lenze setting C00876/1 LP_MciIn:wCtrl C00876/2...16 LP_MciIn: wIn2 ... wIn16 C00890/1 LP_MciIn: Inversion bCtrl_B0..15 0x0000 C00890/3 LP_MciIn: Inversion bIn2_B0..15 0x0000 Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 593: Port Block "Lp_Mciout

    Info Lenze setting C00877/1 LP_MciOut:wState C00877/2...16 LP_MciOut: wOut2 ... wOut16 C00890/2 LP_MciOut: Inversion bState_B0..15 0x0000 C00890/4 LP_MciOut: Inversion bOut2_B0..15 0x0000 Greyed out = display parameter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 594: Can Gateway

    • The parameters of the communication module (C13000 ... C13999) are always processed in the own inverter. • The parameters C00387/1 (CAN gateway address) and C00350 (CAN node address) are not transferred to the remote device. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 595: Synchronisation Of The Internal Time Base

    If "4:MCI" is selected in C01120, the time slot must be set to 100 μs. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 596: Internal Interfaces | System Block "Ls_Syncmanagement

    The SB LS_SyncManagement provides status information for synchronising the internal time base: outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type bSyncSignalOK TRUE Sync signal OK BOOL bSyncPhaseOK TRUE Sync phase position OK BOOL Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 597: Parameter Change-Over

     Motor data changeover  Motor changeover (e.g. via motor contactors) [14-1] Principle of the selective control of multiple motors using one inverter Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 598: Configuring Parameter Change-Over Via The "Engineer" Parameterisation Dialog

    If you do not require this basic function anymore, delete the composed parameter list in order that no unwanted parameter write operations take place. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 599: Configuring The Parameter List(S)

    2. Highlight the parameter/parameters in the Available parameters list that is/are to be added to the WriteParamList. • For a multi-selection you can, just like in the general Windows function, use the <Ctrl> and <Shift> key. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 600 ( 605) • The preset values are changed in the same way as the definable parameter list. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 601 For cross-device reuse of the configured WriteParamList, you can click on the Export and Import buttons to save the parameter selection as an *.epc file and then to re-import the saved *.epc file into another 8400 inverter. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 602: Configuring Control Inputs

    Selection value set - 2 Value set used FALSE FALSE Value set 1 TRUE FALSE Value set 2 FALSE TRUE Value set 3 TRUE TRUE Value set 4 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 603: Functional Settings

    • The parameter list will always be processed from beginning to end, even if errors occur in the meantime. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 604: Configuring The Definable Parameter List By Means Of Parameterisation

    The decision as to which value set is finally used is dependent upon the assignment of the two bSelectWriteValue_1 and bSelectWriteValue_2 inputs: Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 605: Configuring The Motor Data Parameter List By Means Of Parameterisation

    • Unlike the "definable" parameter list, the motor data parameter list has a fixed assignment to the motor and control parameters. • The preset values for value sets 1 ... 4 correspond to the Lenze setting of the respective motor or control parameter.
  • Page 606 C02305/34 C02305/35 C02305/36 C02853/10 PSM: Lss saturation characteristic 100 % C02305/37 C02305/38 C02305/39 C02305/40 C02853/11 PSM: Lss saturation characteristic 100 % C02305/41 C02305/42 C02305/43 C02305/44 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 607 C02311/4 duration C02874/1 PLI without movement 0x0001 C02312/1 C02312/2 C02312/3 C02312/4 C02875/1 PLI without movement: adaptation of ident 0 ° C02313/1 C02313/2 C02313/3 C02313/4 angle Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 608: Internal Interfaces | System Block "Ls_Writeparamlist

    BOOL Value_1 Value_2 FALSE FALSE Value set 1 TRUE FALSE Value set 2 FALSE TRUE Value set 3 TRUE TRUE Value set 4 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 609 3. An error has occurred (if bFail = TRUE). bFail "Error" status BOOL TRUE An error has occurred (group signal). • See display parameter (C01083) for details. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 610 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 611: Parameter Reference

    General information on parameter setting can be found in the chapter "Introduction: Parameterising the inverter". ( 24) For general information on how to read and change parameters, please see the online documentation for the »Engineer«. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 612: Structure Of The Parameter Descriptions

    • Parameters with read-only access • Parameters with write access Table footer The table footer contains the Parameter attributes. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 613: Data Type

    Scaling factor: 1 Representation in the »Engineer« The »Engineer« displays these parameters with a grey background or, with an online connection, with a pale-yellow background: Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 614: Parameters With Write Access

    (Lenze setting printed in bold)  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 615: Parameters With Bit-Coded Setting

    The »Engineer« uses a dialog box for parameter setting in which the individual bits can be set or reset. Alternatively, the value can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value: Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 616: Parameters With Subcodes

    Parameter is not transferred to inverter when the command Download parameter set is executed.  COM Communication-relevant parameter • This parameter is relevant for parameter data transfer via the (CAN) system bus.  MOT Motor control parameters Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 617 In case of parameters of "VISIBLE_STRING" data type, the character length is given in addition. This is also important for the parameter access via a bus system. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 618: Parameter List

    4 Action cancelled 5 No access 6 No access controller inhibit 20 20% working 40 40% working 60 60% working 80 80% working Subcodes Lenze setting Info Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 619 • All entries in the logbook of the inverter are deleted. • In the logbook, information on the error history is saved. Logbook C00002/22 0: Off / ready Reserved Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 620 From version 06.00.00 Password protection  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 621 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00005 | Application Index: 24570 = 5FFA Selection of the technology application Selection list Info (Lenze setting printed in bold) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 622 • For setting the V/f characteristic, only the rated frequency (C00089) and the rated voltage (C00090) of the motor have to be entered. V/f characteristic control Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 623 (e.g. PROFIBUS).  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 624 Application: Actuating drive speed (AC Drive Profile) I/O level: "Terminal 2" control mode 1114 SpeedACdrive|Klemme11 Application: Actuating drive speed (AC Drive Profile) I/O level: "Terminal 11" control mode Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 625 100.00 % AIN1: (-xmax)  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 626 (min. value | unit | max. value) 2600.0 50.0 Hz  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 10 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 627 33 16 kHz var./min. Pv/8 kHz min  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 628 0.00 100.00 100.00 %  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 629 C00027/1 1.0000 AIN1: Gain  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 10000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 630 C00033/1 AIN1: Output value  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 631 Fixed setpoint 7 C00039/8 0.00 % Fixed setpoint 8 C00039/9 0.00 % Fixed setpoint 9 C00039/10 0.00 % Fixed setpoint 10 C00039/11 0.00 % Fixed setpoint 11 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 632 (min. value | unit | max. value) 1000  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 633 (min. value | unit | max. value) 0.00 65000.00  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 634 C00604 is executed (default setting: "Warning"). Display range (min. value | unit | max. value) 0.00 250.00 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 635 • 0: The reset time is inactive.  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 636 SLVC: Ti torque controller  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 637 -500 500 0 Hz  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 638 650.00 power-related (see table)  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 639 5000 power-related (see table)  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 640 (min. value | unit | max. value) 0.00 100000.00  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 641 Add. accel. time 1 ... 15 C00101/... C00101/15  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 642 0.000 999.000 999.000 s  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 643 Function assignment of DI1 and DI2  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 644 Starting value — Brake resistance overload  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 645 Resistance value of the connected brake resistor • The value to be entered can be obtained from the nameplate of the brake resistor. • For every device type, the value is preset to the minimum adapted Lenze brake resistor. Setting range Lenze setting (min.
  • Page 646 Index: 24439 = 5F77 C00136 | Communication control words Control words of the communication interfaces Display area (min. hex value | max. hex value) 0x0000 0xFFFF Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 647  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT C00137 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 Index: 24438 = 5F76 C00137 | Device status Display of the current device status Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 648 Bit 7 ResetFault Bit 8 SetHalt Bit 9 FirmwareUpdate Bit 10 MotorIdent Bit 11 SetMessage Bit 12 SetIMP Bit 13 SetSystemFail Bit 14 SetFail Bit 15 SetFailQSP Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 649 Automatic switching frequency reduction activated  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 650 0xFFFF Value is bit-coded: Info Bit 0 FreeStatus Free status bit 0 Bit 1 PowerDisabled Power switched off Bit 2 FreeStatus Free status bit 2 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 651 Bit 15 Motor parameter identification Motor parameter identification is active  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 652 C00159 | Cause of quick stop QSP Bit coded display of the cause/source of the quick stop Display area (min. hex value | max. hex value) 0x0000 0xFFFF Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 653 C00161/4 LS_SetError_1: Error no.4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 654 23 CAN2 input bit 0 24 CAN2 input bit 1 25 CAN2 input bit 2 26 CAN2 input bit 3 27 CAN2 input bit 4 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 655 67 MCI word1 input bit12 68 MCI word1 input bit13 69 MCI word1 input bit14 70 MCI word1 input bit15 71 MCI word2 input bit0 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 656 Logbook - binary element 2  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 657 33 Current motor torque 34 DC-bus voltage 35 Current motor current 36 Current motor voltage 37 Current motor frequency 38 Effective speed setpoint 39 Device utilisation Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 658 • Textual message of the currently pending error  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC-STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Character length: 31 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 659 (min. value | unit | max. value) 4294967295  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 660 Info (Lenze setting printed in bold) 0 R_Brems The brake resistor is used. When the threshold voltage (C00174) is exceeded, the brake resistor is energised. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 661 From version 12.00.00 C00177/9 Service code  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 662 Time - device search function  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 663 (min. value | unit | max. value)  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 664 5 Out = (Set*100%)/(100%-Add)  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 665 Error number C00193/6 Time stamp  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 666 Display of the types of the individual device components Subcodes Info C00203/1 Type: Control card C00203/2 Type: Power section C00203/3 Type: MCI module C00203/4 Reserved C00203/5 Type: Memory module Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 667 Data type: VISIBLE_STRING Index: 24365 = 5F2D C00210 | HW version This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 668 (min. value | unit | max. value) 6000 400 ms  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 669 0.000 999.999 0.010 s  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 670 (min. value | unit | max. value) 250 32 ms  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 671 0.000 999.999 5.000 s  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 672 Data type: UNSIGNED_16 Index: 24321 = 5F01 C00254 | Service parameter This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 673 6000000.00 0.00 kg cm^2  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 674 Data type: UNSIGNED_8 Index: 24284 = 5EDC C00291 | Error type RCOM This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 675 Data type: UNSIGNED_16 Index: 24268 = 5ECC C00307 | Debug value This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 676 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_32 Index: 24260 = 5EC4 C00315 | SystemFail-Adr This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 677 • Illustration of the CANopen objects I-1800/2 I-1803/2 (see DS301 V4.02). "CAN on board" system bus Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Subcodes Lenze setting Info Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 678 "CAN on board" system bus Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) 6500 Subcodes Lenze setting Info C00324/1 0 ms CAN emergency blocking time Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 679 (min. hex value | max. hex value) 0x0000 0xFFFF 0x0000 (decimal: 0) Value is bit-coded: ( = bit set) Info Bit 0  BusOff_MsgErr Bit 1  Warning Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 680 0x0000 CAN decoupling PDO_Out from the appl.  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 681 Info C00344/1 LP_CanOut1:wState DiscVal C00344/2 LP_CanOut1:wOut2 DiscVal C00344/3 LP_CanOut1:wOut3 DiscVal C00344/4 LP_CanOut1:wOut4 DiscVal C00344/5 LP_CanOut2:wOut1 DiscVal C00344/6 LP_CanOut2:wOut2 DiscVal C00344/7 LP_CanOut2:wOut3 DiscVal C00344/8 LP_CanOut2:wOut4 DiscVal Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 682 Status node 1 ... 7 C00347/... C00347/7  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 683 (min. value | unit | max. value) 127 1  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 684 • From version 15.00.00  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 685 • From version 15.00.00  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 686 Setting of the data length for TX PDOs "CAN on board" system bus Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Subcodes Lenze setting Info Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 687 Telegram counter CAN3_OUT C00360/6 Telegram counter SDO1 OUT C00360/7 Telegram counter SDO2 OUT C00360/8 Telegram counter CAN1_IN C00360/9 Telegram counter CAN2_IN C00360/10 Telegram counter CAN3_IN Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 688 1 2 SDO Lenze  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 689 I-1005 (see DS301 V4.02). "CAN on board" system bus Setting range Lenze setting (min. hex value | max. hex value) 0x0000 0xFFFF 0x0080 (decimal: 128) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 690 Sync instant of reception  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 691 = 5E7E From version 03.00.00 The subcodes represent the nodes to be monitored by heartbeat. Heartbeat protocol Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 692 1 or 2. If "0 ms" is set, a level with a length of 1 ms is created length, for instance, and if "1000 ms" is set, a level with a length of 1001 ms is created. Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) 60000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 693 • These settings are ORed with the mapping settings for the single words in C00409/x. CAN port block Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) 4294967295 Subcodes Lenze setting Info C00407/1 LP_CanIn1:dwIn12 MapVal C00407/2 LP_CanIn1:dwIn34 MapVal Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 694 LP_CanIn1:wCtrl MapVal C00409/2 LP_CanIn1:wIn2 MapVal C00409/3 LP_CanIn1:wIn3 MapVal C00409/4 LP_CanIn1:wIn4 MapVal C00409/5 LP_CanIn2:wIn1 MapVal C00409/6 LP_CanIn2:wIn2 MapVal C00409/7 LP_CanIn2:wIn3 MapVal C00409/8 LP_CanIn2:wIn4 MapVal C00409/9 LP_CanIn3:wIn1MapVal Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 695 Signal source for output bOut4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 696 128 incr./rev. FreqIn12: Encoder increment  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 697 100.00 % O1U: Gain  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 698 10 ms PT1 rounding AnalogIn1  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 699 0.00 % AOut1_U: Decoupling value  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 700 Bit coded display of the level of the digital outputs Digital terminals Display area (min. hex value | max. hex value) 0x0000 0xFFFF Value is bit-coded: Info Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 701 Subcodes Info C00446/1 FreqIn12_nOut_a  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 702 • Bit set = HIGH level Configuring exception handling of the output terminals Setting range Lenze setting (min. hex value | max. hex value) 0x0000 0xFFFF 0x0000 (decimal: 0) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 703 C00450/1 FreqIn12: input frequency  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 704 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 Index: 24115 = 5E33 C00460 | Reserved This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 705 This parameter serves to control the functions of the Motion Control Kernel for PC manual control. Setting range (min. hex value | max. hex value) 0x00000000 0xFFFFFFFF Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 706 Lenze setting Info C00463/1 0x00000000 Remote: MCK control  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 707 Data type: INTEGER_32 Index: 24107 = 5E2B C00468 | Service code This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 708 Values for output wPar1 ... wPar4 C00471/... C00471/4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 709 Index: 24095 = 5E1F C00480 | LS_DisFree_b LS_DisFree_b SB: Display of the input values Display area (min. hex value | max. hex value) 0x00 0xFF Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 710 SB: Offset for display of the input variables in application unit Display of internal process factors in application units Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) -199.99 199.99 Subcodes Lenze setting Info Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 711 SB LS_DisFree_a: Display of the input values in a configurable application unit Display of internal process factors in application units Display range (min. value | unit | max. value) -21474836.47 units 21474836.47 Subcodes Info Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 712 (for C00495 = 0).  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 713 C00505/2 Binding ID C00505/3 Password  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC-STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Character length: 16 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 714 Bit 0 Only access to user menu 1 ≡The menus in the keypad are reduced. Only the user menu can be used to change parameters. Password protection Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 715 The diagnostics interface X6 cannot be used to read write/read parameters. Bit 3 Reserved Bit 4 Reserved Bit 5 Reserved Bit 6 Reserved Bit 7 Reserved Bit 8 Reserved Bit 9 Reserved Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 716 C00509/1 0x0006 PW protection config X1 (CAN)  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 717 • If "0.000" is set, no entry will be displayed in the user menu. Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) 0.000 16000.000 Subcodes Lenze setting Info C00517/1 51.000 C00051: Display of actual speed value Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 718 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 Index: 24015 = 5DCF C00560 | Fan switching status From version 02.00.00 Display of the function status of the device fans Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 719 Current monitoring: Delay time overload  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 720 Response for overcurrent detection and clamp operation  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 721 (min. value | unit | max. value) 100 100 %  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 722 Resp. to runtime exceedance  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 723 Resp. to current monitoring overload  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 724 1 Fault 5 Warning  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 725 • From version 15.00.00  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 726 C00595/9 0: No Reaction Reserved C00595/10 0: No Reaction Reserved C00595/11 0: No Reaction Reserved C00595/12 0: No Reaction Reserved C00595/13 0: No Reaction Reserved Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 727 0.00 100.00 5.00 %  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 728 1 Fault 5 Warning  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 729 1 Fault 5 Warning  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 730 CAN3 output: Data word 1 C00620/11 0: Not connected LP_CanOut3: wOut2 CAN3 output: Data word 2 C00620/12 0: Not connected LP_CanOut3: wOut3 CAN3 output: Data word 3 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 731 MCI output: Data word 14 C00620/36 0: Not connected LP_MciOut: wOut15 MCI output: Data word 15 C00620/37 0: Not connected LP_MciOut: wOut16 MCI output: Data word 16 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 732 Digital output 1: Input signal C00621/3 0: Not connected LS_DigitalInput: bCountIn1_Reset Digital input 1: Reset counter C00621/4 0: Not connected LS_DigitalInput: bCountIn1_LoadStartValue Digital input 1: Load counter starting value Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 733 Display of digital signal 7 C00621/28 0: Not connected LS_DisFree_b: bDis8 Display of digital signal 8 C00621/29 0: Not connected LP_CanOut2: bOut1_B0 CAN2 output: Data word 1- bit 0 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 734 0: Not connected LP_CanOut3: bOut1_B8 CAN3 output: Data word 1- bit 8 C00621/54 0: Not connected LP_CanOut3: bOut1_B9 CAN3 output: Data word 1- bit 9 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 735 0: Not connected LP_MciOut: bOut2_B1 MCI output: Data word 2 - bit 1 C00621/79 0: Not connected LP_MciOut: bOut2_B2 MCI output: Data word 2 - bit 2 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 736 0: Not connected LS_WriteParamList: bExecute Writing the parameter list: Activate C00621/124 0: Not connected LS_WriteParamList: bSelectWriteValue_1 Writing to parameter list: Selection of value set - 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 737 0: Not connected LP_CanOut1: dnOut34_p CAN1 output: Data words 3 + 4 C00622/10 0: Not connected LP_CanOut2: dnOut34_p CAN2 output: Data words 3 + 4 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 738 (min. hex value | max. hex value) 0x0000 0xFFFF Value is bit-coded: Info Bit 0 No blocking zone active 1 ≡ No blocking zone set for constant speeds Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 739 (min. value | unit | max. value) -199.99 199.99  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 740 Response to PLI monitoring  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 741 (min. value | unit | max. value) -100.0000 100.0000 1.0000  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 10000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 742 0.00 100.00 2.00 %  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 743 6 |In1| < |In2|  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 744 -199.99 199.99 0.00 %  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 745 0: Not connected LA_NCtrl: nGPMulDivIn_a Input for analog signal for multiplication/division C00700/14 0: Not connected LA_NCtrl: nGPCompareIn1_a Input for comparison operation - analog signal 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 746 Control input for error acknowledgement C00701/3 0: Not connected LA_NCtrl: bSetQuickstop Control input for quick stop request C00701/4 16002: LS_DigitalInput: bIn3 LA_NCtrl: bSetDCBrake Control input for DC-injection braking request Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 747 Input signal 1 for digital logic C00701/26 0: Not connected LA_NCtrl: bGPLogicIn2 Input signal 2 for digital logic C00701/27 0: Not connected LA_NCtrl: bGPLogicIn3 Input signal 3 for digital logic Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 748 Data type: UNSIGNED_16 Index: 23870 = 5D3E C00705 | LA_NCtrl_Out: Analog signal list This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 749 • Both possibilities offer fixed and variable switching frequencies. • When a variable switching frequency is selected in C00018, the switching frequency may change as a function of the load and rotational frequency. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 750 1 ≡ request quick stop C00727/2 1 ≡ request DC-injection braking C00727/3 1 ≡ request change of direction of rotation C00727/4 1 ≡ request fixed speed setpoint 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 751 Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00732 | Oscilloscope command Index: 23843 = 5D23 This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 752 Data type: UNSIGNED_32 Index: 23829 = 5D15 C00746 | Oscilloscope trigger counter This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 753 Selection list Info 0 No Oscilloscope does not start automatically after switching on the device. 1 Yes Oscilloscope starts automatically after switching on the device. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 754 Interface to the optional safety system C00760/18 0: Not connected Reserved C00760/19 0: Not connected Reserved C00760/20 0: Not connected Reserved C00760/21 0: Not connected Reserved Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 755 Selection input 1 for overriding fixed setpoints (JOG setpoints) for the main setpoint C00761/13 0: Not connected LA_SwitchPos: bJogCtrlJog2 Selection input 2 for overriding fixed setpoints (JOG setpoints) for the main setpoint Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 756 C00761/35 0: Not connected Reserved C00761/36 0: Not connected Reserved C00761/37 0: Not connected Reserved C00761/38 0: Not connected Reserved C00761/39 0: Not connected Reserved Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 757 -199.99 199.99 100.00 %  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 758 1 Load lower limit 2 Load 0  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 759 L_DigitalLogic_1: bOut2: bIn3...bIn1=0 0 1 C00821/11 0: FALSE L_DigitalLogic_1: bOut2: bIn3...bIn1=0 1 0 C00821/12 0: FALSE L_DigitalLogic_1: bOut2: bIn3...bIn1=0 1 1 C00821/13 0: FALSE L_DigitalLogic_1: bOut2: bIn3...bIn1=1 0 0 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 760 L_DigitalLogic_3: bOut: bIn3...bIn1=1 1 0 C00829/8 0: FALSE L_DigitalLogic_3: bOut: bIn3...bIn1=1 1 1 C00829/9 0: FALSE L_DigitalLogic_3: bOut2: bIn3...bIn1=0 0 0 C00829/10 0: FALSE L_DigitalLogic_3: bOut2: bIn3...bIn1=0 0 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 761 L_Arithmetik_1: nIn1_a C00830/13 L_Arithmetik_1: nIn2_a C00830/14 L_AnalogSwitch_1: nIn1_a C00830/15 L_AnalogSwitch_1: nIn2_a C00830/16 L_Compare_1: nIn1_a C00830/17 L_Compare_1: nIn2_a C00830/18 MCTRL: nTorqueLimitAdapt_a C00830/20 MCTRL: nPosCtrlPAdapt_a C00830/21 MCTRL: nPosCtrlOutLimit_a Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 762 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ C00830/21 MCTRL: nPosCtrlOutLimit_a Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 763 Bit 15 Active Subcodes Info C00831/1 L_Absolut_1: nIn_a C00831/2 L_AddSub_1: nIn1_a C00831/3 L_AddSub_1: nIn2_a C00831/4 L_AddSub_1: nIn3_a C00831/5 L_OffsetGain_1: nIn_a C00831/6 L_OffsetGain_1: nOffset_a C00831/7 L_OffsetGain_1: nGain_a Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 764 L_GainOffset_2: nIn_a C00831/54 L_GainOffset_2: nGain_a C00831/55 L_GainOffset_2: nOffset_a C00831/56 L_OffsetGainP_1: nIn_a C00831/57 L_OffsetGainP_2: nIn_a C00831/58 L_OffsetGain_2: nIn_a C00831/59 L_OffsetGain_2: nOffset_a C00831/60 L_OffsetGain_2: nGain_a C00831/61 L_PCTRL_1: nAct_a Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 765 Index: 23742 = 5CBE C00833 | Binary inputs Display of the signal status of the binary inputs of different blocks • Non-listed subcodes are "reserved". Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 766 MCTRL: bAutoBoostOn C00833/33 MCTRL: bQSPOn C00833/34 MCTRL: bDcBrakeOn C00833/35 MCTRL: bDeltaPosOn C00833/36 DCTRL: bCINH C00833/37 DCTRL: bFailReset C00833/38 DCTRL: bStatus_B0 C00833/39 DCTRL: bStatus_B2 C00833/40 DCTRL: bStatus_B3 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 767 L_PCTRL_1: bInAct C00833/77 L_PCTRL_1: bIOff C00833/78 MCK: bSpeedCtrlIOn C00833/79 MCK: bDcBrakeOn C00833/80 MCK: bMBrakeRelease C00833/81 MCK: bMBrakeStartValue2 C00833/82 MCK: bMBrakeApplied C00833/83 MCK: bLimitSwitchPos C00833/84 MCK: bLimitSwitchNeg Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 768 L_PCTRL_1: bISet C00833/123 L_Interpolator_1: bSpeedAct0 C00833/124 L_Or_4: bIn1 C00833/125 L_Or_4: bIn2 C00833/126 L_Or_4: bIn3 C00833/127 L_DigitalLogic_3: bIn1 C00833/128 L_DigitalLogic_3: bIn2 C00833/129 L_DigitalLogic_3: bIn3 C00833/130 MCTRL: bBrakeChopperOn Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 769 LP_CanOut2: wOut2 C00840/8 LP_CanOut2: wOut3 C00840/9 LP_CanOut2: wOut4 C00840/10 LP_CanOut3: wOut1 C00840/11 LP_CanOut3: wOut2 C00840/12 LP_CanOut3: wOut3 C00840/13 LP_CanOut3: wOut4 C00840/14 LS_DisFree_a: nDis1_a C00840/15 LS_DisFree_a: nDis2_a Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 770 LP_CanOut4: wOut3 C00840/111 LP_CanOut4: wOut4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 771 LP_MciOut: wOut5 C00841/27 LP_MciOut: wOut6 C00841/28 LP_MciOut: wOut7 C00841/29 LP_MciOut: wOut8 C00841/30 LP_MciOut: wOut9 C00841/31 LP_MciOut: wOut10 C00841/32 LP_MciOut: wOut11 C00841/33 LP_MciOut: wOut12 C00841/34 LP_MciOut: wOut13 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 772 LP_CanOut1: bState_B1 C00843/7 LP_CanOut1: bState_B2 C00843/8 LP_CanOut1: bState_B3 C00843/9 LP_CanOut1: bState_B4 C00843/10 LP_CanOut1: bState_B5 C00843/11 LP_CanOut1: bState_B6 C00843/12 LP_CanOut1: bState_B7 C00843/13 LP_CanOut1: bState_B8 C00843/14 LP_CanOut1: bState_B9 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 773 LP_CanOut3: bOut1_B5 C00843/51 LP_CanOut3: bOut1_B6 C00843/52 LP_CanOut3: bOut1_B7 C00843/53 LP_CanOut3: bOut1_B8 C00843/54 LP_CanOut3: bOut1_B9 C00843/55 LP_CanOut3: bOut1_B10 C00843/56 LP_CanOut3: bOut1_B11 C00843/57 LP_CanOut3: bOut1_B12 C00843/58 LP_CanOut3: bOut1_B13 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 774 LS_SetError_1: bSetError2 C00843/95 LS_SetError_1: bSetError3 C00843/96 LS_SetError_1: bSetError4 C00843/111 LS_ParReadWrite_1: bExecute C00843/112 LS_ParReadWrite_1: bReadWrite C00843/113 LS_ParReadWrite_2: bExecute C00843/114 LS_ParReadWrite_2: bReadWrite C00843/115 LS_ParReadWrite_3: bExecute C00843/116 LS_ParReadWrite_3: bReadWrite Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 775 LS_DigitalInput: dnPosIn12_Set_p C00844/25 LP_CanOut4: dnOut34_p  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 776 Display of the 16 bit output values of the CAN interface "CAN on board" system bus Display area (min. hex value | max. hex value) 0x0000 0xFFFF Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 777 • From version 15.00.00 C00868/16 LP_CanOut4: wOut4 • From version 15.00.00 ® ® ® ® ®  Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP  No transfer Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 778 ..Bit 15 Active Subcodes Info C00877/1 LP_MciOut: wState C00877/2 LP_MciOut: wOut2 C00877/3 LP_MciOut: wOut3 C00877/4 LP_MciOut: wOut4 C00877/5 LP_MciOut: wOut5 C00877/6 LP_MciOut: wOut6 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 779 LP_MciIn: Invert. In2_B0..15 C00890/4 0x0000 LP_MciOut: Invert.Out2_B0..15  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 780 1000 Hz Max. neg. output frequency ž ž ® ® ® ® ž Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 781 0.00 kg cm^2 Load moment of inertia ® ® ® ® ž  Read access  Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 782 C00937/1 Field-producing current C00937/2 Torque-producing current ® ® ® ® ®  Read access  Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 783 (min. value | unit | max. value) 65535 1 ž ž ® ® ® ® ® Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 784 (min. value | unit | max. value) 65000 60000 rpm ž ž ® ® ® ® ž Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 785 VFC: Voltage interpol. point 2 C00968/3 240.00 V VFC: Voltage interpol. point 3 C00968/4 160.00 V VFC: Voltage interpol. point 4 C00968/5 80.00 V VFC: Voltage interpol. point 5 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 786 ® ® ® ® ž  Read access  Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 787 (min. value | unit | max. value) 20.00 100.00 20.00 % ® ® ® ® ž  Read access  Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 788 Input power • From version 17.00.00 onwards ® ® ® ® ®  Read access  Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 789 (min. value | unit | max. value) 0.00 20.00 0.50 % ® ® ® ® ž  Read access  Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 790 Restart on the fly: Flying restart frequency fd_add ® ® ® ® ž  Read access  Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 791 6000.0 power-related (see table)  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 10 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 792 (min. value | unit | max. value) 0.00 100.00 5.00 % ® ® ® ® ®  Read access  Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 793 V/f characteristic control to avoid impermissible motor movements. Bit 5 Speed limit. C909/C910/fdmax Bit 6 Reserved Bit 7 Reserved Bit 8 Reserved Bit 9 Reserved Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 794 Reserved Bit 6 Reserved Bit 7 Reserved Bit 8 Reserved Bit 9 Reserved Bit 10 Reserved Bit 11 Reserved Bit 12 Reserved Bit 13 Reserved Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 795 (min. value | unit | max. value) ž ® ® ® ž ® ® Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 796 • Parameter values for the parameters defined in C01087/... C01085/1 ... 32. C01087/32 ž ž ® ® ® ® ® Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 797 C01090/3 0.000 LS_ParReadWrite_3: Index  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 798 C01092/3 LS_ParReadWrite_3: Error status  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 799 LS_ParReadWrite_2: Denominator C01095/3 LS_ParReadWrite_3: Denominator  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 800 4 MCI Synchronisation via MCI (communication module) ž ž ® ® ® ® ® Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 801 (min. value | unit | max. value) μs 10000 100 μs ž ž ® ® ® ® ® Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 802 0.000 s L_Transient_4: Pulse duration  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 803 Bit 15 Reserved Subcodes Info C01351/1 ACDrive: Control word ® ® ® ® ®  Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP  No transfer Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 804 Index: 23222 = 5AB6 C01353 | ACDrive: Setpoint scaling From version 13.00.00 Actuating drive speed (AC Drive Profil): Scaling of the speed and torque values Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 805 • 0 ≡ Energy saving mode is not active ž ® ® ® ž ® ® Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 806 C01703/1 Energy saving mode 1: ton ž ž ® ® ® ® ® Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 807 0x0000 Energy saving mode: components to be switched off. ž ® ® ® ®  Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP  No transfer Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 808 Index: 22810 = 591A C01765 | Service code - difference threshold UG This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 809 C01902 | Diagnostics X6: Max. baud rate Maximally permissible baud rate in the standard device after determination of the baud rate at the diagnostic interface X6 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 810 0: Off Motor data parameter list ž ž ® ® ® ® ® Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 811 1.60 % LS_WriteParamList: c16_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 812 3 rpm LS_WriteParamList: c19_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 813 100.00 % LS_WriteParamList: c23_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 814 Info C02221/1 100.0 ms LS_WriteParamList: c71_s1_val1 C02221/2 100.0 ms LS_WriteParamList: c71_s1_val2 C02221/3 100.0 ms LS_WriteParamList: c71_s1_val3 C02221/4 100.0 ms LS_WriteParamList: c71_s1_val4 C02221/5 50.0 ms Reserved Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 815 C02223/8 1.25 LS_WriteParamList: c73_s2_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 816 10.61 ms LS_WriteParamList: c76_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 817 0 Hz LS_WriteParamList: c80_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 818 330 mohms LS_WriteParamList: c84_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 819 21.00 A LS_WriteParamList: c88_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 820 C02240/4 0.85 LS_WriteParamList: c91_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 821 0.500 s LS_WriteParamList: c106_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 822 5.00 % LS_WriteParamList: c234_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 823 0.00 kg cm^2 LS_WriteParamList: c273_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 824 From version 12.00.00 onwards: Parameter values (1st value ... 4th value) for optional motor data change-over Selection list 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted Subcodes Lenze setting Info Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 825 1000 Hz LS_WriteParamList: c910_s2_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 826 30.00 % LS_WriteParamList: c938_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 827 100 ms LS_WriteParamList: c966_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 828 100.0 ms LS_WriteParamList: c973_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 10 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 829 20.00 % LS_WriteParamList: c977_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 830 0.00 % LS_WriteParamList: c986_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 831 0: Off LS_WriteParamList: c990_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 832 300.0 ms LS_WriteParamList: c993_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 10 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 833 8.00 % LS_WriteParamList: c996_s2_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 100 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 834 400 % LS_WriteParamList: c999_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 835 C02305/34 100 % LS_WriteParamList: c2853_s9_val2 C02305/35 100 % LS_WriteParamList: c2853_s9_val3 C02305/36 100 % LS_WriteParamList: c2853_s9_val4 C02305/37 100 % LS_WriteParamList: c2853_s10_val1 C02305/38 100 % LS_WriteParamList: c2853_s10_val2 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 836 3000.0 A LS_WriteParamList: c2855_val4  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 10 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 837 From version 12.00.00 onwards: Parameter values (1st value ... 4th value) for optional motor data change-over Setting range (min. hex value | max. hex value) 0x0000 0xFFFF Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 838 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 Index: 22261 = 56F5 C02314 | Reserved This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 839 ž ž ® ® ® ® ® Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 840 • With vertical motion (bit 3 = 0), this function is not active. Especially with hoists and activated pulse inhibit of the inverter, an immediate application of the brake is essential for safety-related reasons! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 841 • The electromechanical delay times of the holding brake are specified in the data sheets or on the holding brake nameplate. Holding brake control Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) 60000 Subcodes Lenze setting Info Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 842 1 ≡ Holding brake is completely released Bit 2 Feedforward control active 1 ≡ Feedforward control for holding of the load via the motor is active before the holding brake releases. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 843 2.000 s MCK: SM stopping ramp ® ® ® ® ®  Read access  Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 844 Scaling factor: 100 C02830 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 Index: 21745 = 54F1 C02830 | DigInX: Debounce time Debounce times for the digital inputs Digital terminals Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 845 65535 incr. CountIn1: Comparison value  Read access  Write access  CINH  PLC STOP  No transfer  COM  MOT Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 846 0: Loading with level FreqIn12: PosIn function ž ž ® ® ® ® ® Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 847 (min. value | unit | max. value) 3000.0 3000.0 A ® ® ® ® ž  Read access  Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 10 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 848 0 ≡ 4 kHz 1 ≡ 8 kHz Preventing a decrease of the switching frequency Bit 5 Reserved Bit 6 For C173=3: OUon=810V OUoff=800V Bit 7 Reserved Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 849 If you want to deactivate the torque limitation to retain the former function, set bit 0 to "1". 0 ≡ Torque limitation is active 1 ≡ Torque limitation is not active Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 850 Bit 14 Sensitivity of setpoint feedf. ctrl. 16 From version 14.00.00 bits Bit 15 SC: Dead time of speed setpoint From version 14.00.00 500us Subcodes Lenze setting Info Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 851 0: automatic Motor parameter identification: Process ž ž ž ® ® ® ž Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 852 This applies to the state transition from "StandBy" to "Homing", "ManualJog" or "Stop" if no further actions take place in the new operating mode. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 853 Lenze setting Info C02868/1 0x00000000 List of modifications 01 ž ® ® ® ®  Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP  No transfer Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 854 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 Index: 21704 = 54C8 C02871 | PLI without motion: Running time From version 11.00.00 Pole position identification without movement Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 855 = 54C5 C02874 | PLI without motion From version 11.00.00 Pole position identification without movement Setting range (min. hex value | max. hex value) 0x0000 0xFFFF Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 856 (e.g. rated motor speed) or the motor equivalent circuit diagram data (stator resistance, rotor resistance etc.). Slip calculation Setting range (min. hex value | max. hex value) 0x0000 0xFFFF Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 857 Data type: UNSIGNED_32 Index: 21577 = 5449 C02998 | FB displayinputoutput3 This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 858: Overview Of All Parameters With Power-Related Lenze Setting

    15.3 Overview of all parameters with power-related Lenze setting Mains voltage / device power 1 * 230 V 3 * 400 V Parameters Name Unit 0.25 kW 0.37 kW 0.55 kW 0.75 kW 1.1 kW 1.5 kW 2.2 kW 0.37 kW 0.55 kW...
  • Page 859 Mains voltage / device power 3 * 400 V Parameters Name Unit 2.2 kW 3.0 kW 4.0 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW C00016 VFC: Vmin boost 2.25 2.48 2.06...

  • Page 860: Selection List - Analog Signals

    16134 LS_ParReadWrite_3: wOutHWord 1221 LA_SwitchPos: wFreeOut1 16135 LS_ParReadWrite_3: wOutLWord 1222 LA_SwitchPos: wFreeOut2 16360 LP_CanIn4: wIn1 1223 LA_SwitchPos: wFreeOut3 16361 LP_CanIn4: wIn2 1224 LA_SwitchPos: wFreeOut4 16362 LP_CanIn4: wIn3 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 861 36096 L_Interpolator_1: nNOut_a 32104 LS_DriveInterface: wStateDetermFailNoShort 42000 LA_NCtrl_In: wCANDriveControl 32200 LS_MotionControlKernel: nSpeedSet_v 42001 LA_NCtrl_In: wMCIDriveControl 32201 LS_MotionControlKernel: nSpeedCtrlI_a_ 42002 LA_NCtrl_In: nTorqueMotLim_a 32202 LS_MotionControlKernel: nSpeedSetValue_a_ 42003 LA_NCtrl_In: nTorqueGenLim_a Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 862 42212 LA_SwitchPos_In: nGPArithmetikIn2_a 42213 LA_SwitchPos_In: nGPMulDivIn_a 42214 LA_SwitchPos_In: nGPCompareIn1_a 42215 LA_SwitchPos_In: nGPCompareIn2_a 42216 LA_SwitchPos_In: wSMControl 42221 LA_SwitchPos_In: wFreeIn1 42222 LA_SwitchPos_In: wFreeIn2 42223 LA_SwitchPos_In: wFreeIn3 42224 LA_SwitchPos_In: wFreeIn4 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 863: Selection List - Digital Signals

    16030 LP_CanIn2: bIn1_B1 1206 LA_SwitchPos: bQSPIsActive 16031 LP_CanIn2: bIn1_B2 1207 LA_SwitchPos: bSpeedCcw 16032 LP_CanIn2: bIn1_B3 1208 LA_SwitchPos: bSpeedActCompare 16033 LP_CanIn2: bIn1_B4 1209 LA_SwitchPos: bImaxActive 16034 LP_CanIn2: bIn1_B5 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 864 20004 LS_ParFree_b: bC470_4 16083 LP_MciIn: bIn2_B6 20005 LS_ParFree_b: bC470_5 16084 LP_MciIn: bIn2_B7 20006 LS_ParFree_b: bC470_6 16085 LP_MciIn: bIn2_B8 20007 LS_ParFree_b: bC470_7 16086 LP_MciIn: bIn2_B9 20008 LS_ParFree_b: bC470_8 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 865 36010 L_RLQ_1: bQsp 32029 LS_DeviceMonitor: bMctrlShortCircuit 36011 L_RLQ_1: bCwCcw 32030 LS_DeviceMonitor: bMctrlEarthFault 36012 L_DigitalDelay_1: bOut 32031 LS_DeviceMonitor: bWirebreakUfLinearActive 36013 L_Compare_1: bOut 32032 LS_DeviceMonitor: bCurrentMonitoringOverload 36014 L_Compare_2: bOut Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 866 42021 LA_NCtrl_In: bGPFree1 42022 LA_NCtrl_In: bGPFree2 42023 LA_NCtrl_In: bGPAnalogSwitchSet 42024 LA_NCtrl_In: bGPDigitalDelayIn 42025 LA_NCtrl_In: bGPLogicIn1 42026 LA_NCtrl_In: bGPLogicIn2 42027 LA_NCtrl_In: bGPLogicIn3 42028 LA_NCtrl_In: bGPDFlipFlop_InD 42029 LA_NCtrl_In: bGPDFlipFlop_InClk Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 867 42240 LA_SwitchPos_In: bFreeIn2 42241 LA_SwitchPos_In: bFreeIn3 42242 LA_SwitchPos_In: bFreeIn4 42243 LA_SwitchPos_In: bFreeIn5 42244 LA_SwitchPos_In: bFreeIn6 42245 LA_SwitchPos_In: bFreeIn7 42246 LA_SwitchPos_In: bFreeIn8 42247 LS_MotorInterface: bBrakeChopperActive 42248 LS_MotorInterface: bLimSpeedTorquemodeOn Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 868: Selection List - Angle Signals

    32203 LS_MotionControlKernel: dnMotorRefOffset_p_ 32204 LS_MotionControlKernel: dnPosSet_p 32205 LS_MotionControlKernel: dnPosSetRelative_p 32206 LS_MotionControlKernel: dnPosCycle_p 36080 L_Interpolator_1: dnPhiOut_p 42005 LA_NCtrl_In: dnFreeIn1_p 42006 LA_NCtrl_In: dnFreeIn2_p 42205 LA_SwitchPos_In: dnFreeIn1_p 42206 LA_SwitchPos_In: dnFreeIn2_p Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 869: Table Of Attributes

    Imax in motor mode Linear value 24553 5FE9 UNSIGNED_16 C00023 Imax in generator mode Linear value 24552 5FE8 INTEGER_16 Greyed out = display parameter (read access only) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 870 C00098 Rated device current Linear value 24477 5F9D UNSIGNED_16 C00099 Firmware version String 24476 5F9C VISIBLE_STRING [12] Greyed out = display parameter (read access only) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 871 AutoFailReset repetition time Linear value 24391 5F47 UNSIGNED_16 C00185 AutoFailReset residual runtime Linear value 24390 5F46 UNSIGNED_16 Greyed out = display parameter (read access only) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 872 Main program runtime Linear value 24254 5EBE UNSIGNED_16 C00322 Transmission mode CAN TxPDOs Linear value 24253 5EBD UNSIGNED_8 Greyed out = display parameter (read access only) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 873 INTEGER_16 C00435 O1U: Offset Linear value 24140 5E4C INTEGER_16 C00436 O1U: Voltage Linear value 24139 5E4B INTEGER_16 Greyed out = display parameter (read access only) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 874 Resp. to mains phase failure Selection list 24010 5DCA UNSIGNED_8 C00566 Resp. to fan failure Selection list 24009 5DC9 UNSIGNED_8 Greyed out = display parameter (read access only) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 875 L_OffsetGainP_1: Gain Linear value 23905 5D61 INTEGER_32 10000 C00671 L_OffsetGainP_2: Gain Linear value 23904 5D60 INTEGER_32 10000 Greyed out = display parameter (read access only) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 876 1 CINH C00909 Speed limitation Linear value 23666 5C72 INTEGER_16 C00910 Frequency limitation Linear value 23665 5C71 UNSIGNED_16 Greyed out = display parameter (read access only) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 877 MCTRL: Status Bit coded 23575 5C17 UNSIGNED_16 C01001 Manual entry of motor type Selection list 23574 5C16 UNSIGNED_8 Greyed out = display parameter (read access only) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 878 Linear value 22359 5757 INTEGER_16 compensation C02217 LS_WriteParamList: Imax in motor Linear value 22358 5756 UNSIGNED_16 mode Greyed out = display parameter (read access only) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 879 22303 571F UNSIGNED_8 1 CINH direction of rotation C02273 LS_WriteParamList: Speed limitation Linear value 22302 571E INTEGER_16 Greyed out = display parameter (read access only) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 880 UNSIGNED_8 saturation char. C02311 LS_WriteParamList: PLI without Linear value 22264 56F8 INTEGER_8 motion: Adaptation of time duration Greyed out = display parameter (read access only) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 881 21700 54C4 INTEGER_8 ident angle C02879 Slip calculation from equivalent circuit Bit coded 21696 54C0 UNSIGNED_16 diagram Greyed out = display parameter (read access only) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 882: Working With The Fb Editor

    FB Editor of the »Engineer« even if the Engineer project is not available. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 883: Basic Components Of A Drive Solution

    LP_MciOut Application block LA_name Block for a technology application LA_NCtrl LA_SwitchPos Further information on the individual modules can be obtained from the following subchapters! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 884: What Is A Function Block

    [16-2] Information on a function block in the FB Editor  Tip! A detailed description of all available function blocks can be found in the main chapter "Function library". ( 934) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 885: Parameterisable Function Blocks

     Button for opening the parameterisation dialog or the parameter list for the system block [16-3] Example: System block "LS_MotorInterface" for mapping the motor control Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 886: What Is A Port Block

    • In the Lenze setting, these connectors are hidden in the function block editor. • These connections can be shown via the Connector visibilities command in the Context menu of the application block. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 887: Conventions Used For Input/Output Identifiers

    • If an identifier consists of several "words", then each "word" must start with a capital letter. • All other letters are written in lower case. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 888: Scaling Of Physical Units

    _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Signal type entry In general, it is possible to assign a certain signal type to the inputs and outputs of the Lenze function blocks. There are e.g. digital, scaled, position, acceleration and speed signals.

  • Page 889: User Interface

    Window. This increases the Workspace available for the FB Editor. A renewed click on the symbol shows the Project View and the Message Window again. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 890: Toolbar

    Reduce view of interconnection Enlarge cutout of interconnection Show entire interconnection in the drawing area Show print view Printing the interconnection ( 928) Search function ( 891) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 891: Search Function

    • When you select a module in the list field, this module is zoomed in and selected at the same time (the following example shows the LS_DigitalInput system block): Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 892: Plane Selection

    C00007. • The parameterisation dialogs on the Application parameter tab correspond to the application block displayed in this level. [16-5] Schematic diagram of "I/O interconnection" Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 893 This action can only be undone by resetting the application to a predefined Lenze application! Resetting changed interconnection ( 926) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 894: Editor View/Overview

    • The processing order of the function blocks can be optimised manually or according to an automatically generated selection. Changing the processing order ( 921) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 895: Context Menu

     Communication status Offline Online Communication error  Adjustment status Offline and online interconnection match Offline and online interconnection are different  Update rate for monitoring values Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 896: Overview

    2. Click left mouse button and shift the green frame to its new position by keeping the mouse button pressed, so that the desired cutout of the interconnection is displayed in the drawing area. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 897 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 898: Using The Fb Editor As "Viewer

    Parameter... command in the Context menu of the module serve to open the parameterisation dialog or the parameter list for the module. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 899: Following Connections Of Inputs And Outputs

    Select input in the context menu to which you want to navigate. • As a result, the selected input is displayed in the centre of the drawing area (in this example: nGPAnalogSwitchOut_a): Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 900: Keyboard Commands For Navigation

    Scroll to the right edge of the interconnection <Ctrl> + <Pos1> Scroll to the left upper corner of the interconnection <Ctrl> + <End> Scroll to the right lower corner of the interconnection Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 901: Change Online Display Format

    • The <Shift> key serves to select a related area of inputs/outputs. • More functions: Display masked out connections Display additional information Select all inputs/outputs Reset all format information Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 902 After all required formats have been changed: 8. Click Back to close the Display format dialog box. • For online monitoring, the changed format is used. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 903: Reconfiguring The Predefined Interconnection

    Copying interconnection elements (across all devices) ( 923) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 904: Inserting A Function Block

    • If no search criteria are set, all function blocks available are shown. 5. Select the function block to be inserted in the Search results list field. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 905 ( 912) Changing connector visibilities ( 913) Arranging objects in the drawing area ( 914) Creating/deleting connections ( 915) Changing the processing order ( 921) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 906: Inserting A System Block

    • Then, only the system blocks complying with the features set in the search criteria are shown in the Search Results list field. • If no search criteria are set, all system blocks available are shown. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 907 Deleting objects that are no longer required ( 912) Changing connector visibilities ( 913) Arranging objects in the drawing area ( 914) Creating/deleting connections ( 915) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 908: Insert Port Block

    4. Select the port block to be inserted in the Search results list field. 5. Press Insert button. • The dialog box is closed and the selected port block is inserted into the interconnection. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 909 Deleting objects that are no longer required ( 912) Changing connector visibilities ( 913) Arranging objects in the drawing area ( 914) Creating/deleting connections ( 915) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 910: Inserting A Comment

    4. Optional: Change preset interior colour. • For this purpose, click the left Change... button to open the Colour dialog box to select another interior colour. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 911 Related topics Deleting objects that are no longer required ( 912) Arranging objects in the drawing area ( 914) Creating/deleting connections ( 915) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 912: Deleting Objects That Are No Longer Required

    • All selected objects are highlighted by a light green header. 2. Press <Del>. Related topics Deleting connections that are no longer required ( 920) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 913: Changing Connector Visibilities

    2. By setting/removing the checkmarks or via the buttons you can define the visible inputs and outputs. 3. Press OK to accept the selected definition and close the dialog box. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 914: Arranging Objects In The Drawing Area

     Note! A red header indicates that the object overlaps with other objects in the drawing area! Arrange the objects so that no overlap occurs. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 915: Creating/Deleting Connections

    • The implicit type conversion is indicated by a vertical black bar at the port symbol. From the »Engineer« V2.13 "Analog/scaled" (_a) and "Angular velocity" (_v) signal types can also be interconnected. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 916 When an output is connected to several inputs via flags, three points are displayed ("...") at the output instead of the concrete input identifier. The context menu of the port symbol shows all inputs which are connected to the output. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 917: Creating A Connection Using The Connection Line

    • Impermissible connection (different port symbol): The command Show as flag in the context menu of a line serves to change the representation of the connection at any time. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 918: Creating A Connection Using Port Identifiers

     Tip! The command Show as line in the context menu of a flag serves to change the representation of the connection at any time. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 919: Creating A Connection Via Connection Dialog

    4. Activate the Add connection as flag control field if a port identifier (flag) is to be inserted instead of a connection line. 5. Press OK to create the connection to the selected port and close the dialog box. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 920: Deleting Connections That Are No Longer Required

    • All selected port identifiers are highlighted by a light green header. 2. Press <Del>. Related topics Deleting objects that are no longer required ( 912) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 921: Changing The Processing Order

    The processing order influences the result! • In certain cases it may be sensible to change the processing order, but if you select an unfavourable processing order, errors may arise! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 922 5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until the required processing order has been established. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 923: Copying Interconnection Elements (Across All Devices)

    Selected connections cannot be copied on their own. • The Paste command is available if the clipboard is not empty and if it was copied from a device of the same product family. Within this product family, all device types (e.g. 8400 xxxxLine Vxx.xx) are permitted.
  • Page 924 • The elements inserted into the target interconnection so far are maintained. • The connections for the blocks inserted so far are inserted depending on the selected option. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 925: Insert Options For Copied Elements

    Show the elements not to be added and marked with an error or warning. Show blocks Show connections Show parameters Show comments Show system elements Show all Print Preview Print list Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 926: Resetting Changed Interconnection

    How to reset the I/O interconnection to a predefined control scheme: 1. Go to the Application parameters tab. 2. Select the required control scheme in the Control source list field. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 927: Adjusting Online And Offline Interconnection

    Editor to the device. The interconnection existing in the device will be overwritten by this action. Show differences Showing differences between online and offline interconnection. Cancel Close the Adjust interconnection dialog box without making an adjustment. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 928: Printing The Interconnection

    • The Circuit print size dialog box is displayed. 2. Select the desired size and press OK. • The standard dialog box Print appears. 3. Press OK to start the printing process. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 929: Comparing Interconnections

    • If a comparison of the selected interconnections is not possible, a corresponding message is displayed. 4. In order to stop the comparison operation and close the dialog box: Press Back. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 930 Show application parameters • Function is only available in expert mode. Show all • Function is only available in expert mode. Show general information Show summary Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 931 • Only show list entries which contain the text entered in the input field. • Function is only available in expert mode. Export shown list as comma-separated list (*.csv) Print Preview Print list Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 932: Copying An Interconnection

    5. Confirm the question if the copied FB interconnection is to be inserted with Yes. • After the insertion, an update of the project is required. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 933: Exporting/Importing An Interconnection

    The interconnection existing in the project can be exported to a file for reuse/transfer to other devices.  Note! The file can only be imported to devices of the same device type and version (e.g. 8400 HighLine C V1.0).  How to export the interconnection from the project to a file: 1.

  • Page 934: Function Library

    ... can add an offset to an analog input signal and amplify it afterwards. L_OffsetGainP_2 • Offset and gain can be set via parameters. L_OffsetGainP_3 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 935 ... evaluates digital signal edges and converts them into timed pulses. L_Transient_2 L_Transient_3 L_Transient_4 Related topics: Overview of system blocks available ( 1015) Working with the FB Editor ( 882) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 936: L_Absolut_1

    This FB converts a bipolar input signal into a unipolar output signal. inputs Designator Information/possible settings Data type nIn_a Input signal outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type nOut_a Output signal Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 937: L_Addsub_1

    • This input is subtracted outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type nOut_a Output signal • nOut_a = nIn1_a + nIn2_a - nIn3_a • Internal limitation to ±32767 (±199.99 %) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 938: L_Analogswitch_1

    Input signal 2 bSet Selection of the input signal for the output to nOut_a BOOL FALSE nIn1_a TRUE nIn2_a outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type nOut_a Output signal Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 939: L_Analogswitch_2

    Input signal 2 bSet Selection of the input signal for the output to nOut_a BOOL FALSE nIn1_a TRUE nIn2_a outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type nOut_a Output signal Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 940: L_Analogswitch_3

    Input signal 2 bSet Selection of the input signal for the output to nOut_a BOOL FALSE nIn1_a TRUE nIn2_a outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type nOut_a Output signal Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 941: L_And_1

    TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE [17-1] Truth table of the FB L_And_1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 942: L_And_2

    TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE [17-2] Truth table of the FB L_And_2 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 943: L_And_3

    TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE [17-3] Truth table of the FB L_And_3 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 944: L_Arithmetik_1

    When the denominator has the nIn1_a nOut_a -------------------- - 164 ⋅ value "0", it will be set to "1". nIn2_a nIn1_a nOut_a --------------------------------------- - 16384 ⋅ 16384 nIn2_a – Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 945: L_Arithmetik_2

    When the denominator has the nIn1_a nOut_a -------------------- - 164 ⋅ value "0", it will be set to "1". nIn2_a nIn1_a nOut_a --------------------------------------- - 16384 ⋅ 16384 nIn2_a – Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 946: L_Compare_1

    5 |nIn1| > |nIn2| 6 |nIn1| < |nIn2| C00681 0.00 100.00 Hysteresis • Lenze setting: 0.50 % C00682 0.00 100.00 Window • Lenze setting: 2.00 % Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 947: Function 1: Nin1 = Nin2

     C00682: Window [17-4] Function 1: Switching performance nIn1_a Œ  nIn2_a  Œ bOut TRUE FALSE  C00681: Hysteresis  C00682: Window [17-5] Function 1: Example Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 948: Function 2: Nin1 > Nin2

    2. Only if the signal at nIn1_a falls below the value of nIn2_a - hysteresis again, bOut changes back from TRUE to FALSE. nIn1_a nIn2_a Œ bOut TRUE FALSE  C00681: Hysteresis [17-7] Function 2: Example Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 949 2. Only if the signal at nIn1_a exceeds the value of nIn2_a - hysteresis again, bOut changes back from TRUE to FALSE. nIn1_a Œ nIn2_a bOut TRUE FALSE  C00681: Hysteresis [17-9] Function 3: Example Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 950: Function 4: |Nin1| = |Nin2

    This function is similar to function 3. However, the amount is generated by the input signals before signal processing (without sign). Function 3: nIn1 < nIn2 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 951: L_Compare_2

    0.00 100.00 Hysteresis • Lenze setting: 0.50 % C00687 0.00 100.00 Window • Lenze setting: 2.00 %  For a detailed functional description see L_Compare_1. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 952: L_Compare_3

    0.00 100.00 Hysteresis • Lenze setting: 0.50 % C00692 0.00 100.00 Window • Lenze setting: 2.00 %  For a detailed functional description see L_Compare_1. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 953: L_Dflipflop_1

    If the bClr input = FALSE, a signal edge at the bClk input switches the static input signal bD to the bOut output, where it is retained: TRUE FALSE bClk TRUE FALSE bOut TRUE FALSE Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 954 • Due to the priority bClr > bClk, bD the bOut output signal can be set any time to the FALSE status by the bClr input signal = TRUE. • The output signal is kept in this status independent of the other input signals. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 955: L_Digitaldelay_1

    Output signal (time-delayed input signal) BOOL Parameters Parameters Possible settings Info C00720/1 0.000 3600.000 ON-deceleration • Lenze setting: 0.000 s C00720/2 0.000 3600.000 OFF-deceleration • Lenze setting: 0.000 s Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 956 3. A TRUE-FALSE edge at bIn starts the internal timing element for the OFF delay. 4. After the defined OFF delay, the input signal bIn is output at bOut. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 957: L_Digitallogic_1

    OR operation bOut bIn1 bIn2 bIn3 ∨ ∨ 4 bOut = f (truth table) The output value depends on the truth table parameterised in C00821/1...8 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 958 NAND, NOR, XOR and XNOR: Input signals Output Parameter setting for logic operation: bIn3 bIn2 bIn1 bOut NAND XNOR C00821/1 C00821/2 C00821/3 C00821/4 C00821/5 C00821/6 C00821/7 C00821/8 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 959: L_Digitallogic_3

    OR operation bOut bIn1 bIn2 bIn3 ∨ ∨ 4 bOut = f (truth table) The output value depends on the truth table parameterised in C00829/1...8 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 960 NAND, NOR, XOR and XNOR: Input signals Output Parameter setting for logic operation: bIn3 bIn2 bIn1 bOut NAND XNOR C00829/1 C00829/2 C00829/3 C00829/4 C00829/5 C00829/6 C00829/7 C00829/8 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 961: L_Gainoffset_1

    • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type nOut_a Output signal • Internal limitation to ±199.99 % Function nOut_a nIn_a Gain factor ⋅ Offset Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 962: L_Gainoffset_2

    • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type nOut_a Output signal • Internal limitation to ±199.99 % Function nOut_a nIn_a Gain factor ⋅ Offset Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 963: L_Gainoffset_3

    • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type nOut_a Output signal • Internal limitation to ±199.99 % Function nOut_a nIn_a Gain factor ⋅ Offset Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 964: L_Interpolator_1

    • Only if signal monitoring is active (C00950/2 = "1: On"). BOOL TRUE The number of missing data telegrams has exceeded the limit value parameterised in C00952. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 965: Signal Interpolation

    Ž  Setpoint signal  Interpolated setpoint signal  Receive cycle in [ms] = Number of interpolation steps (in our example: 5) [17-10] Signal characteristic Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 966: Signal Monitoring

    • The bSignalError output is automatically reset to FALSE if correct signals are detected at dnPhIn_p and bSpeedAct0 again.  Note! The nNIn_a analog value is not monitored! Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 967: L_Jogctrlextension_1

    Ramping down of the ramp function generator in the downstream L_NSet bStop2 • These inputs only fulfil a function if they have been activated via bInputSel1 and bInputSel2 previously (see Truth table). bStop3 BOOL Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 968 TRUE and hence the setpoint generator is deactivated. [17-1] Truth table for activating the pre-switch off Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 969: L_Mpot_1

    BOOL • When the motor potentiometer is deactivated, the nOut_a output signal follows the function set with code C00804. TRUE Motor potentiometer function is deactivated. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 970 • When switching to 1: YES, the 0 No value applied to nIn_a is 1 Yes automatically transferred to the motor potentiometer. • Lenze setting: 0 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 971: Activate & Control Motor Potentiometer

    The nOut_a output signal remains unchanged. TRUE The motor potentiometer function is deactivated. The nOut_a output signal responds according to the function selected via Function. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 972: Deactivate Motor Potentiometer

     If it is activated again, nOut_a is increased again to nLowLimit with the acceleration time wTir. [17-12] Example: Deactivation of the motor potentiometer when the Function = 1 has been selected Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 973: L_Muldiv_1

    • Internal limitation to ± 32767 Parameters Parameters Possible settings Info C00699/1 -32767 32767 Counter C00699/2 -32767 32767 Denominator Function C00699/1 nOut_a nIn_a × ------------------------- C00699/2 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 974: L_Negation_1

    • With the value - 32768 at the nIn_a input, the value + 32767 is provided at the nOut_a output. inputs Designator Value/meaning Data type nIn_a Input signal outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type nOut_a Output signal Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 975: L_Not_1

    This FB negates a BOOL data type signal. inputs Designator Value/meaning Data type Input signal BOOL outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type bOut Result of the NOT operation (negated input signal) BOOL Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 976: L_Not_3

    This FB negates a BOOL data type signal. inputs Designator Value/meaning Data type Input signal BOOL outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type bOut Result of the NOT operation (negated input signal) BOOL Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 977: L_Nset_1

    • Internal limitation of the input signal • 3 adjustable blocking zones • Arithmetic function • 15 fixed setpoints (JOG setpoints) • 15 acceleration and deceleration times Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 978 Application example for the additional load function ( 987) outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type nNOut_a Speed setpoint output signal • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % bRfgIEqO Status signal "setpoint = 0" BOOL Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 979 5 NOut = (NSet * 100%) / (100% - NAdd) C00220 0.000 999.900 Acceleration time T for the additional setpoint • Lenze setting: 0.000 s Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 980 • Display of the additional speed setpoint after being processed by ramp generator. C00640 -199.99 199.99 Output nNOut_a • Display of the generated main speed setpoint at the nNOut_a output. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 981: Main Setpoint Path

    Number of selection inputs to be assigned (bJog1 ... bJog8) At least 1 2 ... 3 at least 2 4 ... 7 at least 3 8 ... 15 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 982: Setpoint Inversion

    • Blocking frequencies act on the main setpoint only. • It is not possible to exclude "0" speed if there is a sign reversal of the speed setpoint. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 983 • The parameterised blocking zones have the same effect on negative input signals. • A blocking zone is deactivated by entering identical limit values (in our example: blocking zone Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 984: Ramp Function Generator For The Main Setpoint

    Ti times according to the following formula: 100 % 100 % ⋅ ---------------------- - ⋅ ---------------------- - w2 w1 w2 w1 – – Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 985 TRUE. As long as this input is set, the value at nSet_a is transferred to the ramp function generator and provided at the output. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 986: Ramp

    S-shaped ramp for a nearly jerk-free acceleration and deceleration. • The PT1 element can be switched on/off via the bSShapeActive input. • The corresponding S-ramp time can be set under C00182. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 987: Additional Setpoint

    • The actual speed value is carried along automatically if the following wiring is provided: • LS_MotorInterface.nHlgSetValue_a  L_NSet_1.nCInhValue_a • LS_MotorInterface.bHlgLoad  L_NSet_1.bExternalCINH Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 988: L_Offsetgain_1

    • 199.99 % ≈2 outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type nOut_a Output signal • Internal limitation to ±199.99 % Function nOut_a nIn_a Offset ) Gain factor ⋅ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 989: L_Offsetgain_2

    • 199.99 % ≈2 outputs Designator Value/meaning Data type nOut_a Output signal • Internal limitation to ±199.99 % Function nOut_a nIn_a Offset ) Gain factor ⋅ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 990: L_Offsetgainp_1

    (±199.99 % ≈ 2). • Lenze setting: 1.0000 C00696 -199.99 199.99 Offset • Lenze setting: 0.00 % Function nOut_a nIn_a Offset ) Gain factor ⋅ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 991: L_Offsetgainp_2

    (±199.99 % ≈ 2). • Lenze setting: 1.0000 C00697 -199.99 199.99 Offset • Lenze setting: 0.00 % Function nOut_a nIn_a Offset ) Gain factor ⋅ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 992: L_Offsetgainp_3

    (±199.99 % ≈ 2). • Lenze setting: 1.0000 C00698 -199.99 199.99 Offset • Lenze setting: 0.00 % Function nOut_a nIn_a Offset ) Gain factor ⋅ Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 993: L_Or_1

    FALSE TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE [17-15] Truth table of the FB L_Or_1 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 994: L_Or_2

    FALSE TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE [17-16] Truth table of the FB L_Or_2 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 995: L_Or_3

    FALSE TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE [17-17] Truth table of the L_Or_3 FB Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 996: L_Or_4

    FALSE TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE FALSE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE TRUE [17-18] Truth table of the L_Or_4 FB Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

  • Page 997: L_Pctrl_1

    • Changes can be done online. • Display parameter: C00830/62 nNset_a Speed setpoint • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % • Internal limitation to ± 199.99 % • Display parameter: C00830/89 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 998 • The I component of the controller is set to zero. (from version 06.00.00) • The controller output is set to zero. • The internal control algorithm is stopped. Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 999 PID process C00231/3 (Neg. Minimum) controller by limiting the input C00231/4 (Neg. Maximum) signal nSet_a. • Lenze setting: No limitation (- 199.99 % ... +199.99 %) Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...
  • Page 1000 (from version 04.00.00) C00247 100 Window for comparison function "Actual value = setpoint" (from version 06.00.00) • Lenze setting: 2 % • Hysteresis: 1 % (fixed) 1000 Lenze · 8400 StateLine · Reference manual · DMS 16.1 EN · 10/2019 · TD06...

Table of Contents

Save PDF